![[tokkee]](http://tokkee.org/images/avatar.png){kind=avatar}
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
raw | patch | inline | side by side (parent: 2762d4c)
raw | patch | inline | side by side (parent: 2762d4c)
| author | cajus <cajus@594d385d-05f5-0310-b6e9-bd551577e9d8> | |
| Tue, 30 May 2006 16:23:39 +0000 (16:23 +0000) | ||
| committer | cajus <cajus@594d385d-05f5-0310-b6e9-bd551577e9d8> | |
| Tue, 30 May 2006 16:23:39 +0000 (16:23 +0000) |
git-svn-id: https://oss.gonicus.de/repositories/gosa/trunk@3567 594d385d-05f5-0310-b6e9-bd551577e9d8
782 files changed:
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/action.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/action.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..21d5e2f
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/action.png differ
index 0000000..21d5e2f
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/action.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/addressbook.css b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/addressbook.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.textsl { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue25 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue28 { color: #000000; }
+#hue30 { color: #000000; }
+#hue43 { color: #000000; }
+#hue45 { color: #000000; }
+#hue47 { color: #000000; }
+#hue66 { color: #000000; }
+#hue70 { color: #000000; }
+#hue91 { color: #000000; }
+#hue93 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue94 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/addressbook.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/addressbook.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADDONS</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADDONS">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADDONS</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Addressbook</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Add entry</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Personal</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Private</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Organizational</A>
+</UL>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/closedlock.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/closedlock.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..04a05c1
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/closedlock.png differ
index 0000000..04a05c1
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/closedlock.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/dtree.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/dtree.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7eb7909
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/dtree.png differ
index 0000000..7eb7909
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/dtree.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/editpaste.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/editpaste.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..636a4c5
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/editpaste.png differ
index 0000000..636a4c5
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/editpaste.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/index.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADDONS</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADDONS">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADDONS</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Addressbook</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Add entry</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Personal</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Private</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Organizational</A>
+</UL>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/list_ogroup.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/list_ogroup.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e50de8b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/list_ogroup.png differ
index 0000000..e50de8b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/list_ogroup.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/mailto.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/mailto.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a0bc51c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/mailto.png differ
index 0000000..a0bc51c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/mailto.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Addressbook</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Addressbook">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Addressbook</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+The administrator can create or modify the user data or access to
+informations about users when clicking on <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue25">Addressbook</SPAN></SPAN>
+button in the <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Addons</SPAN> on the left. <SPAN ID="hue28">The</SPAN><SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue30">Addressbook page</SPAN></SPAN> is displayed. You will
+find on this page the name, the phone, the fax, the mobile and the
+private number of users. The last column contents the following icons
+:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="18" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./save.png"
+ ALT="Image save"> the possibility to save entries in
+the vcard format,
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="18" HEIGHT="17" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./mailto.png"
+ ALT="Image mailto"> the possibility to send a mail to
+the user.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+To select an user you have to click on his name, it will show you
+the complete data of the selected user.
+
+<P>
+To create or modify an entry, the administrator use ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="24" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./action.png"
+ ALT="Image action">)
+the following icon :
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./editpaste.png"
+ ALT="Image editpaste"> to add an entry,
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Pay attention, the users created in the Administration part can't
+be modified here, only the consultation of data is allowed.
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue91">Under the Actions table you will find a table called
+Filters <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket">. </SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN ID="hue43">This table purpose is to change the display of the
+users and their data :</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue45">- Click on a letter to show all the users name starting
+with this letter;</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue47">- Click on the asterisk and the list of user name
+will be ordoned alphabetically.</SPAN>
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Lower, others possibilities of display exist :
+
+<P>
+- Check one or more options to get a restricted selection :
+
+<P>
+Check '<SPAN CLASS="textit">Show organizational entries</SPAN>' and all the users created
+in the Administration part are displayed.
+
+<P>
+Check '<SPAN CLASS="textit">Show addressbook entries</SPAN>' and all the users created
+on the addressbook are displayed.
+
+<P>
+- <IMG
+ WIDTH="22" HEIGHT="22" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./dtree.png"
+ ALT="Image dtree"> You can search by department;
+
+<P>
+- <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_ogroup.png"
+ ALT="Image list_ogroup"> Your search can be based on
+informations of one or many users;
+
+<P>
+- Your search can be based on one element. Insert a letter or a number
+followed by an asterisk or a name in the field <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search">.
+Then Click on the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Apply filter</SPAN> button to display users.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+All the fields followed by a red asterisk must be filled.
+
+<P>
+The icon <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./closedlock.png"
+ ALT="Image closedlock"> show you are in secure
+mode.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node2.html">Add entry</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node3.html">Personal</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node4.html">Private</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node5.html">Organizational</A>
+</UL></UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Add entry</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Add entry">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Add entry</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+When clicking on 'Add entry', the interface <SPAN CLASS="textsl">creating a new
+entry in</SPAN> display. The administrator has to fill the fields with informations
+about the user. This new entry has no link with users created in the
+Administration part. This entry is only build into the addressbook
+of the organization.
+
+<P>
+Before the administrator can choose the department where the new entry
+will be saved, he can make a choice of department on the scroll list
+int the title bar.
+
+<P>
+To save data click on the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Save</SPAN> button, to delete data click
+on the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Cancel</SPAN> button and you come back at the complete list
+of users.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html31"
+ HREF="node3.html">Personal</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html32"
+ HREF="node4.html">Private</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
+ HREF="node5.html">Organizational</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Personal</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Personal">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011100000000000000">
+Personal</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142><SPAN ID="hue66">Last name</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue93">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the user's name
+<BR>
+<SPAN ID="hue70">First name</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue94">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Private</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Private">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011200000000000000">
+Private</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Address</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the user's private address
+<BR>
+Téléphone</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Organizational</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Organizational">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011300000000000000">
+Organizational</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Company</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the company's name of the user
+<BR>
+Department</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADDONS</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/addressbook/ addressbook.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/save.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/save.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6a9adc1
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/save.png differ
index 0000000..6a9adc1
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/save.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/search.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/addressbook/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/applications.css b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/applications.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue27 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue30 { color: #000000; }
+#hue41 { color: #000000; }
+#hue43 { color: #000000; }
+#hue45 { color: #000000; }
+#hue59 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue61 { color: #000000; }
+#hue92 { color: #000000; }
+#hue94 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue95 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue96 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/applications.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/applications.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>APPLICATIONS ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="APPLICATIONS ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">APPLICATIONS ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of applications</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Script</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/index.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>APPLICATIONS ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="APPLICATIONS ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">APPLICATIONS ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of applications</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Script</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/list_new_app.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/list_new_app.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b7fa9d3
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/list_new_app.png differ
index 0000000..b7fa9d3
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/list_new_app.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>List of applications</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="List of applications">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+List of applications</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+The administrator can configure an application when clicking on the
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue27">Applications</SPAN></SPAN> button in the <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administration</SPAN>
+menu on the left. The <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue30">Application</SPAN></SPAN> <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue92"><SPAN CLASS="textit">M<SMALL>ANAGEMENT</SMALL></SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>
+page is displayed.
+
+<P>
+She is divided on two columns :
+
+<P>
+- The first column is used to display the list of applications,
+
+<P>
+- The second column contains icons which are the actions you can execute
+on applications.
+
+<P>
+- Those icons ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> ) are used to modify the display
+according to the department, the icons predominate other selections
+of display.
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+It's from the <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Application Management</SPAN> page that the system
+administrator manage the list of applications of the organization.
+
+<P>
+It's possible to modify the display of applications by using the table
+called Filters <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket"> :
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN ID="hue41">To search on names :</SPAN>
+<P>
+- Click on the asterisk to show all applications;
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue43">- Click on a letter to show all the applications
+starting with this letter;</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue45">- Click on a number to show all applications starting
+with this number.</SPAN>
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>For a fast search <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search"> : fill the field
+by the name of the application searched and click on the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Apply
+filter</SPAN> button.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+To configure an application, the administrator click on <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_new_app.png"
+ ALT="Image list_new_app">.
+
+<P>
+You will see tabs. The administrator uses tabs to configure the application.
+
+<P>
+To save changes use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Save</SPAN> button, to come back without saving
+use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Cancel</SPAN> button.
+
+<P>
+All the fields followed by an asterisk must be filled.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node3.html">Options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node4.html">Script</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="node5.html">Options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html24"
+ HREF="node6.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Application <SPAN ID="hue59"></SPAN><SPAN ID="hue61">name</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue94">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the name of the application
+<BR>
+Display name</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
+ HREF="node3.html">Options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
+ HREF="node4.html">Script</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Options</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Options">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011100000000000000">
+Options</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Only executable for members
+
+<P>
+Check if you want the application to be executed only by members of
+a same group
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Replace user configuration on startup
+
+<P>
+Reinstall the default configuration at each startup
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Place an icon on members desktop
+
+<P>
+Check if you want to make the icon appear on members desk
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Place entry in members startmenu
+
+<P>
+Create an entry for the application in the startmenu
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Place entry in members launch bar
+
+<P>
+Create an entry for the application in the launch bar
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Script</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Script">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011200000000000000">
+Script</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+?
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Options</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Options">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Options</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Variable</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Variable name
+<BR>
+Default value</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+Use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add option</SPAN> button to add a new variable and the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Remove</SPAN>
+button to delete a variable.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>References</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="References">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00013000000000000000">
+References</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+The references show the existing relations between applications.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/node7.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/node7.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">APPLICATIONS ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/applications/ applications.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/search.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/applications/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/blocklists.css b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/blocklists.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue27 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue30 { color: #000000; }
+#hue41 { color: #000000; }
+#hue43 { color: #000000; }
+#hue45 { color: #000000; }
+#hue59 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue61 { color: #000000; }
+#hue78 { color: #000000; }
+#hue80 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/blocklists.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/blocklists.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>BLOCKLIST ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="BLOCKLIST ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="blocklists">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="blocklists.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">BLOCKLIST ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of blocklists</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Blocked numbers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Information</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/index.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>BLOCKLIST ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="BLOCKLIST ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="blocklists">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="blocklists.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">BLOCKLIST ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of blocklists</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Blocked numbers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Information</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/list_new_blocklist.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/list_new_blocklist.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..971867e
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/list_new_blocklist.png differ
index 0000000..971867e
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/list_new_blocklist.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>List of blocklists</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="List of blocklists">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="blocklists">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="blocklists.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+List of blocklists</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+The administrator can configure a blocklist when clicking on the <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue27">FAX
+Blocklists</SPAN></SPAN> button in the <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administration</SPAN> menu on the left.
+The <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue30">Blocklist</SPAN></SPAN> <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue78"><SPAN CLASS="textit">M<SMALL>ANAGEMENT</SMALL></SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>
+page is displayed.
+
+<P>
+She is divided on two columns :
+
+<P>
+- The first column is used to display the list of blocklist,
+
+<P>
+- The second column contains icons which are the actions you can execute
+on blocklist.
+
+<P>
+- Those icons ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> ) are used to modify the display
+according to the department, the icons predominate other selections
+of display.
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+It's from the <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Blocklist Management</SPAN> page that the system administrator
+manage the list of blocklist of the organization.
+
+<P>
+It's possible to modify the display of blocklist by using the table
+called Filters <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket"> :
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN ID="hue41">To search on names :</SPAN>
+<P>
+- Click on the asterisk to show all blocklists;
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue43">- Click on a letter to show all the blocklists starting
+with this letter;</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue45">- Click on a number to show all blocklists starting
+with this number.</SPAN>
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>For a fast search <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search"> : fill the field
+by the name of the application searched and click on the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Apply
+filter</SPAN> button.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+To create and configure blocklists, the administrator click on <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_new_blocklist.png"
+ ALT="Image list_new_blocklist">.
+
+<P>
+The administrator uses tabs to configure the blocklist.
+
+<P>
+To save changes use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Save</SPAN> button, to come back without saving
+use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Cancel</SPAN> button.
+
+<P>
+All the fields followed by an asterisk must be filled.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node3.html">Blocked numbers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node4.html">Information</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="blocklists">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="blocklists.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>List <SPAN ID="hue59"></SPAN><SPAN ID="hue61">name</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue80">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the blocklist name
+<BR>
+Base</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Blocked numbers</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Blocked numbers">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="blocklists">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="blocklists.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Blocked numbers</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+The administrator must insert fax number in the bottom field. The
+fax number will be owned by the new blocklist. Use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add</SPAN>
+and <SPAN CLASS="textit">Delete</SPAN> buttons to create blocklists.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Information</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Information">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="blocklists">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="blocklists.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00013000000000000000">
+Information</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="blocklists">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="blocklists.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">BLOCKLIST ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/blocklists/ blocklists.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/search.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/blocklists/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/conference.css b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/conference.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue27 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue30 { color: #000000; }
+#hue41 { color: #000000; }
+#hue43 { color: #000000; }
+#hue45 { color: #000000; }
+#hue81 { color: #000000; }
+#hue83 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue84 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue85 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue86 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/conference.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/conference.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>PHONE CONFERENCES ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="PHONE CONFERENCES ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="conference">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="conference.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">PHONE CONFERENCES ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of conference room</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Properties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Options</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/index.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>PHONE CONFERENCES ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="PHONE CONFERENCES ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="conference">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="conference.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">PHONE CONFERENCES ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of conference room</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Properties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Options</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>List of conference room</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="List of conference room">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="conference">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="conference.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+List of conference room</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+The administrator can configure a phone conferences when clicking
+on the <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue27">Phone conferences</SPAN></SPAN> button in the
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administration</SPAN> menu on the left. The <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue30">Conference</SPAN></SPAN>
+<SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue81"><SPAN CLASS="textit"><SMALL>MANAGEMENT</SMALL></SPAN></SPAN></SPAN> page is displayed.
+
+<P>
+She is divided on four columns :
+
+<P>
+- The first column is used to display _,
+
+<P>
+- The second _
+
+<P>
+- The third
+
+<P>
+- The last column contains icons which are the actions you can execute
+on _.
+
+<P>
+- Those icons ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> ) are used to modify the display
+according to the department, the icons predominate other selections
+of display.
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+It's from the <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Conference management</SPAN> page that the system
+administrator manage the list of _ of the organization.
+
+<P>
+It's possible to modify the display of _ by using the table called
+Filters <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket"> :
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN ID="hue41">To search on names :</SPAN>
+<P>
+- Click on the asterisk to show all _;
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue43">- Click on a letter to show all the _ starting
+with this letter;</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue45">- Click on a number to show all _ starting with
+this number.</SPAN>
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>For a fast search <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search"> : fill the field
+by the name of the _ searched and click on the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Apply filter</SPAN>
+button.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+To create and configure _, the administrator click on (<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_new_component.png"
+ ALT="Image select_new_component">).
+
+<P>
+You will see tabs. The administrator uses tabs to configure the phone
+conference.
+
+<P>
+To save changes use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Save</SPAN> button, to come back without saving
+use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Cancel</SPAN> button.
+
+<P>
+All the fields followed by an asterisk must be filled.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node3.html">Properties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node4.html">Options</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node5.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="conference">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="conference.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
+ HREF="node3.html">Properties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
+ HREF="node4.html">Options</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Properties</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Properties">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="conference">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="conference.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011100000000000000">
+Properties</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Conference name<SPAN ID="hue83">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the conference name
+<BR>
+Type<SPAN ID="hue84">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Options</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Options">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="conference">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="conference.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011200000000000000">
+Options</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Preset PIN
+
+<P>
+Check if you want a preset code to be used in this conference.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Record conference
+
+<P>
+Check if you want to record the phone conference.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Play music on hold
+
+<P>
+Check if you want an on hold music.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Activate session menu
+
+<P>
+Check here if you want a session menu
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Announce users joining or leaving the conference
+
+<P>
+Check if you want to notice to others a participant is coming or leaving
+the phone conference.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Count users
+
+<P>
+Check if you want to count participants.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>References</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="References">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="conference">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="conference.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+References</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+The references show the existing relations between phone conferences.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="conference">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="conference.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">PHONE CONFERENCES ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/conference/ conference.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/search.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/select_new_component.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/select_new_component.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d26a3ee
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/select_new_component.png differ
index 0000000..d26a3ee
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/conference/select_new_component.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/departments.css b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/departments.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue27 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue30 { color: #000000; }
+#hue41 { color: #000000; }
+#hue43 { color: #000000; }
+#hue45 { color: #000000; }
+#hue81 { color: #000000; }
+#hue83 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue84 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue85 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/departments.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/departments.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>DEPARTMENT ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="DEPARTMENT ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">DEPARTMENT ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of departments</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Properties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Location</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/index.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>DEPARTMENT ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="DEPARTMENT ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">DEPARTMENT ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of departments</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Properties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Location</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/list_new_department.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/list_new_department.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..35e5b4c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/list_new_department.png differ
index 0000000..35e5b4c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/list_new_department.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>List of departments</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="List of departments">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+List of departments</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+The administrator can create or modify a department or to access informations
+when clicking on the <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue27">Departements</SPAN></SPAN> button
+in the <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administration</SPAN> menu on the left. The <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue30">Department</SPAN></SPAN>
+<SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue81"><SPAN CLASS="textit">M<SMALL>ANAGEMENT</SMALL></SPAN></SPAN></SPAN> page is displayed.
+
+<P>
+She is divided on two columns :
+
+<P>
+- The first column is used to display the names of department,
+
+<P>
+- The second column contains icons which are the actions you can execute
+on departments.
+
+<P>
+- Those icons ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> ) are used to modify the display
+according to the department, the icons predominate other selections
+of display.
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+It's from the <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Department Management</SPAN> page that the system
+administrator manage the list of deparments of the organization.
+
+<P>
+It's possible to modify the diplay of departments by using the table
+called Filters <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket"> :
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN ID="hue41">To search on names :</SPAN>
+<P>
+- Click on the asterisk to show all departments;
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue43">- Click on a letter to show all the departments
+starting with this letter;</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue45">- Click on a number to show all departments starting
+with this number.</SPAN>
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>For a fast search <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search"> : fill the field
+by the name of the department searched and click on the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Apply
+filter</SPAN> button.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+To create a department click on <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_new_department.png"
+ ALT="Image list_new_department">.
+
+<P>
+You will see tabs. The administrator uses tabs to configure the department.
+
+<P>
+To save changes use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Save</SPAN> button, to come back without saving
+use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Cancel</SPAN> button.
+
+<P>
+All the fields followed by an asterisk must be filled.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node3.html">Properties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node4.html">Location</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node5.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
+ HREF="node3.html">Properties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
+ HREF="node4.html">Location</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Properties</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Properties">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011100000000000000">
+Properties</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Name of department<SPAN ID="hue83">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the name of the department to be created
+<BR>
+Description<SPAN ID="hue84">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Location</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Location">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011200000000000000">
+Location</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>State</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert State wher is the department
+<BR>
+Location</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>References</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="References">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+References</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+The references show the existing relations between department.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">DEPARTMENT ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/departments/ departments.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/search.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/departments/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/faxreports.css b/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/faxreports.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+#hue25 { color: #000000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/faxreports.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/faxreports.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADDONS</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADDONS">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="faxreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="faxreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADDONS</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Fax Reports</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Filter <SPAN ID="hue25"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket"></SPAN></A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/index.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADDONS</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADDONS">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="faxreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="faxreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADDONS</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Fax Reports</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Filter <SPAN ID="hue25"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket"></SPAN></A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Fax Reports</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Fax Reports">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="faxreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="faxreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Fax Reports</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node2.html">Filter <SPAN ID="hue25"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket"></SPAN></A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Filter </TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Filter ">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="faxreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="faxreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Filter <SPAN ID="hue25"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket"></SPAN></A>
+</H2>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="faxreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="faxreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADDONS</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/faxreports/ faxreports.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/faxreports/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/fonreports.css b/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/fonreports.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+#hue25 { color: #000000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/fonreports.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/fonreports.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADDONS</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADDONS">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="fonreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="fonreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADDONS</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Phone Reports</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Filter <SPAN ID="hue25"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket"></SPAN></A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/index.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADDONS</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADDONS">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="fonreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="fonreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADDONS</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Phone Reports</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Filter <SPAN ID="hue25"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket"></SPAN></A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Phone Reports</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Phone Reports">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="fonreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="fonreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Phone Reports</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node2.html">Filter <SPAN ID="hue25"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket"></SPAN></A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Filter </TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Filter ">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="fonreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="fonreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Filter <SPAN ID="hue25"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket"></SPAN></A>
+</H2>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="fonreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="fonreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADDONS</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/fonreports/ fonreports.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/fonreports/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/groups.css b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/groups.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue103 { color: #000000; }
+#hue105 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue107 { color: #000000; }
+#hue109 { color: #000000; }
+#hue111 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue113 { color: #000000; }
+#hue115 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue117 { color: #000000; }
+#hue146 { color: #000000; }
+#hue147 { color: #000000; }
+#hue149 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue150 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue152 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue27 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue30 { color: #000000; }
+#hue42 { color: #000000; }
+#hue44 { color: #000000; }
+#hue46 { color: #000000; }
+#hue61 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue63 { color: #000000; }
+#hue91 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/groups.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/groups.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>GROUP ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="GROUP ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">GROUP ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of groups</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Environment</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Profiles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Kiosk profile</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Logon scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Attach share</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Hotplug devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">Imprimante</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">Applications</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="node11.html">Mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html14"
+ HREF="node12.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="node13.html">Alternative addresses</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node14.html">IMAP shared folders</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node15.html">Forward messages to non group members</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node16.html">ACL</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node17.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node18.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/index.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>GROUP ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="GROUP ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">GROUP ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of groups</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Environment</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Profiles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Kiosk profile</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Logon scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Attach share</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Hotplug devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">Imprimante</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">Applications</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="node11.html">Mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html14"
+ HREF="node12.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="node13.html">Alternative addresses</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node14.html">IMAP shared folders</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node15.html">Forward messages to non group members</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node16.html">ACL</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node17.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node18.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/list_new_group.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/list_new_group.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..95f99c0
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/list_new_group.png differ
index 0000000..95f99c0
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/list_new_group.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>List of groups</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="List of groups">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+List of groups</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+The administrator can create, modify or access the group informations
+when clicking on the <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue27">Group</SPAN></SPAN> button in the
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administration</SPAN> menu on the left. The <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue30">Group</SPAN></SPAN>
+<SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue146"><SPAN CLASS="textit">A<SMALL>DMINISTRATION</SMALL></SPAN></SPAN></SPAN> page is
+displayed.
+
+<P>
+She is divided in three columns :
+
+<P>
+- The first column is used to display the list of groups or department,
+
+<P>
+- The two last columns contains icons which are shortcuts to the settings
+of each goup and the actions you can execute on them.
+
+<P>
+- Those icons ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> ) are used to modify the display
+according to the department, the icons predominate other selections
+of display.
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+It's from the <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Groups Administration</SPAN> page that the system
+administrator manage the list of groupes of the organization.
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue147">Like for the users, it is possible to modify the
+display of groups by using the table called Filters <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket">. </SPAN>
+<P>
+The administrator can do a nominal research and/or on the properties
+of group :
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN ID="hue42">To search on names :</SPAN>
+<P>
+- Click on the asterisk to show all groups;
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue44">- Click on a lettre to show all the groups starting
+with this letter;</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue46">- Click on a number to show all groups starting
+with this number.</SPAN>
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>To search on groups properties you must :
+
+<P>
+- Check one or many propositions;
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>To search a name with a letter :
+
+<P>
+- fill the first field with a letter followed by an asterisk, click
+on the button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Apply filter</SPAN>, all the names starting with this
+letter will be displayed,
+
+<P>
+- fill the second field with a letter and an asterisk, click on the
+button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Apply filter</SPAN>, all the names containing this letter will
+be displayed.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+To create a group click on <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_new_group.png"
+ ALT="Image list_new_group">.
+
+<P>
+You will see tabs. The administrator uses tabs to configure the group.
+
+<P>
+To save changes use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Save</SPAN> button, to come back without saving
+use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Cancel</SPAN> button.
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+All the fields followed by a red asterisk must be filled.
+
+<P>
+In the upper right corner you have the full dn of the group currently
+edited.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html31"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html32"
+ HREF="node3.html">Environment</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
+ HREF="node4.html">Profiles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
+ HREF="node5.html">Kiosk profile</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
+ HREF="node6.html">Logon scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
+ HREF="node7.html">Attach share</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
+ HREF="node8.html">Hotplug devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html38"
+ HREF="node9.html">Imprimante</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
+ HREF="node10.html">Applications</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html40"
+ HREF="node11.html">Mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html41"
+ HREF="node12.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html42"
+ HREF="node13.html">Alternative addresses</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html43"
+ HREF="node14.html">IMAP shared folders</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html44"
+ HREF="node15.html">Forward messages to non group members</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html45"
+ HREF="node16.html">ACL</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html46"
+ HREF="node17.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node10.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node10.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Applications</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Applications">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00013000000000000000">
+Applications</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+To activate the extension Applications click on the button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Create
+applications</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+The applications are applications existing in the organization. <SPAN ID="hue91">???</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node11.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node11.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Mail</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Mail">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00014000000000000000">
+Mail</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+To activate a mail account click on the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Create mail</SPAN> <SPAN CLASS="textit">account</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html151"
+ HREF="node12.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html152"
+ HREF="node13.html">Alternative addresses</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html153"
+ HREF="node14.html">IMAP shared folders</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html154"
+ HREF="node15.html">Forward messages to non group members</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node12.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node12.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014100000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Primary address<SPAN ID="hue152">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283><SPAN ID="hue103">Insert group primary address</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue105"></SPAN>
+<BR>
+Server</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node13.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node13.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Alternative addresses</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Alternative addresses">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014200000000000000">
+Alternative addresses</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+A mail could be redirected to one or many addresses. Use buttons <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add</SPAN>
+and <SPAN CLASS="textit">Delete</SPAN> to manage aliases.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node14.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node14.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>IMAP shared folders</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="IMAP shared folders">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014300000000000000">
+IMAP shared folders</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Default permission</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Make your choice in the scroll list to select the type of default
+permission for the group IMAP folder
+<BR>
+Member permision</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node15.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node15.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Forward messages to non group members</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Forward messages to non group members">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014400000000000000">
+Forward messages to non group members</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Users can recieve messages from a group without being a member of
+this group. You have to insert the email addresses of users in the
+field that precede buttons <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add</SPAN>, <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add local</SPAN> and <SPAN CLASS="textit">Delete.</SPAN>
+The <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add local</SPAN> button will show you addresses already saved
+in GOsa.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node16.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node16.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ACL</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ACL">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00015000000000000000">
+ACL</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+This part allow the administrator to configure the user rights to
+the differents parts of GOsa.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node17.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node17.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>References</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="References">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00016000000000000000">
+References</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+The references show the existing relations between objects.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node18.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node18.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">GROUP ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/groups/ groups.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Groupe <SPAN ID="hue61"></SPAN><SPAN ID="hue63">name</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue149">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the group name
+<BR>
+Description</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+</LI>
+<LI>Force GID : Force the group to use the number mentionned in the field
+</LI>
+<LI>Group / Domain Samba : Put members on a Samba group and a Samba domain
+</LI>
+<LI>Members are in a phone pickup group : Check to put members in a phone
+pickup group
+</LI>
+<LI>Members are in a nagios group : Check to put members in nagios group
+</LI>
+</UL>
+The administrator insert in the area different members of a group.
+He must use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add</SPAN> button to choose in the list of users.
+To modify a group he must use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Delete</SPAN> button.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Environment</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Environment">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Environment</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+To activate the environment extension click on <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add environment</SPAN>
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">extension</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html67"
+ HREF="node4.html">Profiles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html68"
+ HREF="node5.html">Kiosk profile</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html69"
+ HREF="node6.html">Logon scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html70"
+ HREF="node7.html">Attach share</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html71"
+ HREF="node8.html">Hotplug devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html72"
+ HREF="node9.html">Imprimante</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Profiles</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Profiles">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012100000000000000">
+Profiles</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Kiosk profile</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Kiosk profile">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012200000000000000">
+Kiosk profile</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Logon scripts</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Logon scripts">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012300000000000000">
+Logon scripts</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node7.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node7.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Attach share</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Attach share">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012400000000000000">
+Attach share</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node8.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node8.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Hotplug devices</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Hotplug devices">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012500000000000000">
+Hotplug devices</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node9.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/node9.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Imprimante</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Imprimante">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012600000000000000">
+Imprimante</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/groups/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/index.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADDONS</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADDONS">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ldapmanager">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ldapmanager.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADDONS</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">LDAP manager</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Export</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Excel Export</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Import</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">CSV Import</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/ldapmanager.css b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/ldapmanager.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/ldapmanager.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/ldapmanager.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADDONS</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADDONS">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ldapmanager">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ldapmanager.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADDONS</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">LDAP manager</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Export</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Excel Export</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Import</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">CSV Import</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>LDAP manager</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="LDAP manager">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ldapmanager">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ldapmanager.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+LDAP manager</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node2.html">Export</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node3.html">Excel Export</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node4.html">Import</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node5.html">CSV Import</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Export</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Export">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ldapmanager">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ldapmanager.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Export</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Export single entry</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Export a single entry of the ldap tree
+<BR>
+Export complete LDIF for</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Excel Export</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Excel Export">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ldapmanager">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ldapmanager.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Excel Export</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Export single entry</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Export a single entry of the ldap tree
+<BR>
+Export complete XLS for</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Import</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Import">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ldapmanager">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ldapmanager.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00013000000000000000">
+Import</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Import LDIF File</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Import a ldif file in your ldap tree
+<BR></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Modify existing attributes : rewrite already existing attributes in
+the ldap tree
+</LI>
+<LI>Overwrite existing entry : rewrite already existing entries in the
+ldap tree
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>CSV Import</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="CSV Import">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ldapmanager">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ldapmanager.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00014000000000000000">
+CSV Import</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Select CSV file to import</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Select a correctly formated cvs file to import in your ldap tree
+<BR>
+Select template</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ldapmanager/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ldapmanager">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ldapmanager.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADDONS</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/ldapmanager/ ldapmanager.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/logview/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/en/html/logview/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/logview/index.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/logview/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADDONS</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADDONS">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="logview">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="logview.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADDONS</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">System log view</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Filter </A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/logview/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/en/html/logview/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/logview/logview.css b/doc/guide/user/en/html/logview/logview.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/logview/logview.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/logview/logview.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADDONS</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADDONS">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="logview">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="logview.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADDONS</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">System log view</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Filter </A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/logview/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/logview/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>System log view</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="System log view">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="logview">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="logview.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+System log view</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node2.html">Filter </A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/logview/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/logview/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Filter </TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Filter ">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="logview">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="logview.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Filter </A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Show hosts</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Select the host to search on in the scroll list
+<BR>
+Log level</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/logview/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/logview/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="logview">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="logview.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADDONS</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/logview/ logview.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/index.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>PHONE MACROS ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="PHONE MACROS ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="macro">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="macro.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">PHONE MACROS ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of macros</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Parameter</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/list_new_macro.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/list_new_macro.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f2a6581
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/list_new_macro.png differ
index 0000000..f2a6581
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/list_new_macro.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/macro.css b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/macro.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue27 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue30 { color: #000000; }
+#hue41 { color: #000000; }
+#hue43 { color: #000000; }
+#hue45 { color: #000000; }
+#hue61 { color: #000000; }
+#hue85 { color: #000000; }
+#hue87 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue88 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue89 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/macro.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/macro.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>PHONE MACROS ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="PHONE MACROS ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="macro">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="macro.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">PHONE MACROS ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of macros</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Parameter</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>List of macros</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="List of macros">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="macro">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="macro.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+List of macros</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+The administrator can configure a phone macros when clicking on the
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue27">Phone macros</SPAN></SPAN> button in the <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administration</SPAN>
+menu on the left. The <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue30">Phone macro</SPAN></SPAN> <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue85"><SPAN CLASS="textit"><SMALL>MANAGEMENT</SMALL></SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>
+page is displayed.
+
+<P>
+She is divided on two columns :
+
+<P>
+- The first column is used to display _,
+
+<P>
+- The second _
+
+<P>
+- The third column contains icons which are the actions you can execute
+on _.
+
+<P>
+- Those icons ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> ) are used to modify the display
+according to the department, the icons predominate other selections
+of display.
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+It's from the <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Phone macro management</SPAN> page that the system
+administrator manage the list of Phone macros of the organization.
+
+<P>
+It's possible to modify the display of blocklist by using the table
+called Filters <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket"> :
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN ID="hue41">To search on names :</SPAN>
+<P>
+- Click on the asterisk to show all _;
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue43">- Click on a letter to show all the _ starting
+with this letter;</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue45">- Click on a number to show all _ starting with
+this number.</SPAN>
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>For a fast search <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search"> : fill the field
+by the name of the _ searched and click on the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Apply filter</SPAN>
+button.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+To create and configure _, the administrator click on <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_new_macro.png"
+ ALT="Image list_new_macro">.
+
+<P>
+You will see tabs. The administrator uses tabs to configure the phone
+macro.
+
+<P>
+To save changes use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Save</SPAN> button, to come back without saving
+use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Cancel</SPAN> button.
+
+<P>
+All the fields followed by an asterisk must be filled.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node3.html">Parameter</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node4.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="macro">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="macro.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Macro name<SPAN ID="hue87">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the macro name
+<BR>
+Display nam<SPAN ID="hue61">e</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue88">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Macro text
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Parameter</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Parameter">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="macro">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="macro.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Parameter</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Argument</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+<BR>
+Name</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>References</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="References">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="macro">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="macro.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00013000000000000000">
+References</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+The references show the existing relations between phone macros.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="macro">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="macro.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">PHONE MACROS ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/macro/ macro.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/search.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/macro/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/index.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>OBJECT GROUPS ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="OBJECT GROUPS ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ogroups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ogroups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">OBJECT GROUPS ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of groups</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/list_new_ogroup.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/list_new_ogroup.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..318715a
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/list_new_ogroup.png differ
index 0000000..318715a
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/list_new_ogroup.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>List of groups</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="List of groups">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ogroups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ogroups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+List of groups</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+An object group is a heterogeneous group. It is the possibility for
+the administrator to create groups where objects are differents. It's
+allow a supple and more adapted management than classic groups.
+
+<P>
+The administrator can add and configure Objects groups when clicking
+on the <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue25">Objects groups</SPAN></SPAN> in the <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administration</SPAN>
+menu on the left. The <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Object group</SPAN> page is displayed.
+
+<P>
+The page is devided on three columns :
+
+<P>
+- the first column is used to display the list of objects groups,
+
+<P>
+- the second column contains icons wich are shortcuts to the settings
+of objects groups,
+
+<P>
+- the third column contains les icons which are actions you can execute
+on objects groups.
+
+<P>
+Those icons ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> ) are used to modify the display
+according to the department, the icons predominate other selections
+of display.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+It's from the <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Objects</SPAN> <SPAN CLASS="textsf">groups</SPAN> that the administrator
+manage objects groups created for the organization.
+
+<P>
+It's possible to modify the display of objects groups by using the
+table called Filters <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket">.
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN ID="hue38">To search on names :</SPAN>
+<P>
+- Click on the asterisk to show all objects groups;
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue40">- Click on a letter to show all the objects groups
+starting with this letter;</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue42">- Click on a number to show all objects groups starting
+with this number.</SPAN>
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>To search on objects groups properties you must :
+
+<P>
+- Check one or many propositions;
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>For a fast search <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search"> : fill the field
+by the name of the objects groups searched and click on the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Apply
+filter</SPAN> button.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+To create, configure and modify a object group click on <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_new_ogroup.png"
+ ALT="Image list_new_ogroup">.
+
+<P>
+You will see tabs. The administrator uses tabs to configure the objects
+group.
+
+<P>
+To save changes use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Save</SPAN> button, to come back without saving
+use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Cancel</SPAN> button.
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+All the fields followed by an asterisk must be filled.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node3.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ogroups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ogroups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Group <SPAN ID="hue57"></SPAN><SPAN ID="hue59">name</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue77">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the name of the group to be created
+<BR>
+Description</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>References</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="References">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ogroups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ogroups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+References</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+The references show the existing relations between objects.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ogroups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ogroups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">OBJECT GROUPS ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/ogroups/ ogroups.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/ogroups.css b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/ogroups.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue25 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue38 { color: #000000; }
+#hue40 { color: #000000; }
+#hue42 { color: #000000; }
+#hue57 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue59 { color: #000000; }
+#hue65 { color: #000000; }
+#hue77 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue78 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/ogroups.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/ogroups.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>OBJECT GROUPS ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="OBJECT GROUPS ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ogroups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ogroups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">OBJECT GROUPS ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of groups</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/search.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/ogroups/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/index.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of systems</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Configure a terminal</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Properties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Keyboard</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">Mouse</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">Telephone hardware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="node11.html">Graphic device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html14"
+ HREF="node12.html">Display device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="node13.html">Remote desktop</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node14.html">Print device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node15.html">Scan device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node16.html">Startup</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node17.html">Boot parameters</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node18.html">Kernel modules (format : name parameters)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node19.html">Shares</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node20.html">Printer</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="node21.html">General</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html24"
+ HREF="node22.html">Details</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html25"
+ HREF="node23.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html26"
+ HREF="node24.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html27"
+ HREF="node25.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html28"
+ HREF="node26.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html29"
+ HREF="node27.html">Configure a workstation</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html30"
+ HREF="node28.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html31"
+ HREF="node29.html">Properties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html32"
+ HREF="node30.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
+ HREF="node31.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
+ HREF="node32.html">Devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
+ HREF="node33.html">Keyboard</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
+ HREF="node34.html">Mouse</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
+ HREF="node35.html">Telephone hardware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html38"
+ HREF="node36.html">Graphic device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
+ HREF="node37.html">Display device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html40"
+ HREF="node38.html">Scan device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html41"
+ HREF="node39.html">Startup</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html42"
+ HREF="node40.html">Boot parameters</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html43"
+ HREF="node41.html">FAI server</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html44"
+ HREF="node42.html">Assigned FAI casses</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html45"
+ HREF="node43.html">Kernel modules (format : name parameters)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html46"
+ HREF="node44.html">Shares</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html47"
+ HREF="node45.html">Printer</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html48"
+ HREF="node46.html">Details</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html49"
+ HREF="node47.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html50"
+ HREF="node48.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html51"
+ HREF="node49.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html52"
+ HREF="node50.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html53"
+ HREF="node51.html">Configure a server</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html54"
+ HREF="node52.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html55"
+ HREF="node53.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html56"
+ HREF="node54.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html57"
+ HREF="node55.html">Databases</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html58"
+ HREF="node56.html">Services</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html59"
+ HREF="node57.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html60"
+ HREF="node58.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html61"
+ HREF="node59.html">Configure a printer</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html62"
+ HREF="node60.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html63"
+ HREF="node61.html">General</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html64"
+ HREF="node62.html">Details</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html65"
+ HREF="node63.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html66"
+ HREF="node64.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html67"
+ HREF="node65.html">Reference</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html68"
+ HREF="node66.html">Configure a telephone</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html69"
+ HREF="node67.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html70"
+ HREF="node68.html">Advanced phone settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html71"
+ HREF="node69.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html72"
+ HREF="node70.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html73"
+ HREF="node71.html">Configure a component</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html74"
+ HREF="node72.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html75"
+ HREF="node73.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html76"
+ HREF="node74.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html77"
+ HREF="node75.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>List of systems</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="List of systems">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+List of systems</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+The administrator can add and configure systems when clicking on the
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue25">Systems</SPAN></SPAN> button in the <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administration</SPAN>
+menu on the left. The <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue28">System</SPAN></SPAN> <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue578"><SPAN CLASS="textit"><SMALL>MANAGEMENT</SMALL></SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>
+page is displayed.
+
+<P>
+She is divided on two columns :
+
+<P>
+- The first column is used to display the differents systems,
+
+<P>
+- The second column contains icons which are the actions you can execute
+on differents systems.
+
+<P>
+- Those icons ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> ) are used to modify the display
+according to the department, the icons predominate other selections
+of display.
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+It's from the <SPAN CLASS="textsf">System management</SPAN> page that the system administrator
+manage the list of systems of the organization.
+
+<P>
+It's possible to modify the display of the differents systems by using
+the table called Filters <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket"> :
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN ID="hue39">For search on names :</SPAN>
+<P>
+- Click on the asterisk to show all systems;
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue41">- Click on a letter to show all the systems starting
+with this letter;</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue43">- Click on a number to show all systems starting
+with this number.</SPAN>
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>The administrator can search on the type of systems :
+
+<P>
+- Check one or many proposals
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>For a fast search <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search"> : fill the field
+by the name of the system searched and click on the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Apply filter</SPAN>
+button.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+To select and configure a system, the administrator must click on
+:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_new_terminal.png"
+ ALT="Image select_new_terminal"> to open, create or configure
+a terminal,
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_new_workstation.png"
+ ALT="Image select_new_workstation"> to open, create or
+configure a workstation,
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_new_server.png"
+ ALT="Image select_new_server"> to open, create or configure
+a server,
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_new_printer.png"
+ ALT="Image select_new_printer"> to open, create or configure
+a printer,
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_new_phone.png"
+ ALT="Image select_new_phone"> to open, create or configure
+a phone,
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_new_component.png"
+ ALT="Image select_new_component"> to open, create or
+configure a component.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Appear the space of configuration for each systems.
+
+<P>
+To save changes use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Save</SPAN> button, to come back without saving
+use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Cancel</SPAN> button.
+
+<P>
+All the fields followed by an asterisk must be filled.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html88"
+ HREF="node2.html">Configure a terminal</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html89"
+ HREF="node3.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html90"
+ HREF="node4.html">Properties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html91"
+ HREF="node5.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html92"
+ HREF="node6.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html93"
+ HREF="node7.html">Devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html94"
+ HREF="node8.html">Keyboard</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html95"
+ HREF="node9.html">Mouse</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html96"
+ HREF="node10.html">Telephone hardware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html97"
+ HREF="node11.html">Graphic device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html98"
+ HREF="node12.html">Display device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html99"
+ HREF="node13.html">Remote desktop</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html100"
+ HREF="node14.html">Print device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html101"
+ HREF="node15.html">Scan device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html102"
+ HREF="node16.html">Startup</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html103"
+ HREF="node17.html">Boot parameters</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html104"
+ HREF="node18.html">Kernel modules (format : name parameters)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html105"
+ HREF="node19.html">Shares</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html106"
+ HREF="node20.html">Printer</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html107"
+ HREF="node21.html">General</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html108"
+ HREF="node22.html">Details</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html109"
+ HREF="node23.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html110"
+ HREF="node24.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html111"
+ HREF="node25.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html112"
+ HREF="node26.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html113"
+ HREF="node27.html">Configure a workstation</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html114"
+ HREF="node28.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html115"
+ HREF="node29.html">Properties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html116"
+ HREF="node30.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html117"
+ HREF="node31.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html118"
+ HREF="node32.html">Devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html119"
+ HREF="node33.html">Keyboard</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html120"
+ HREF="node34.html">Mouse</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html121"
+ HREF="node35.html">Telephone hardware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html122"
+ HREF="node36.html">Graphic device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html123"
+ HREF="node37.html">Display device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html124"
+ HREF="node38.html">Scan device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html125"
+ HREF="node39.html">Startup</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html126"
+ HREF="node40.html">Boot parameters</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html127"
+ HREF="node41.html">FAI server</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html128"
+ HREF="node42.html">Assigned FAI casses</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html129"
+ HREF="node43.html">Kernel modules (format : name parameters)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html130"
+ HREF="node44.html">Shares</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html131"
+ HREF="node45.html">Printer</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html132"
+ HREF="node46.html">Details</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html133"
+ HREF="node47.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html134"
+ HREF="node48.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html135"
+ HREF="node49.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html136"
+ HREF="node50.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html137"
+ HREF="node51.html">Configure a server</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html138"
+ HREF="node52.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html139"
+ HREF="node53.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html140"
+ HREF="node54.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html141"
+ HREF="node55.html">Databases</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html142"
+ HREF="node56.html">Services</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html143"
+ HREF="node57.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html144"
+ HREF="node58.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html145"
+ HREF="node59.html">Configure a printer</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html146"
+ HREF="node60.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html147"
+ HREF="node61.html">General</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html148"
+ HREF="node62.html">Details</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html149"
+ HREF="node63.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html150"
+ HREF="node64.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html151"
+ HREF="node65.html">Reference</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html152"
+ HREF="node66.html">Configure a telephone</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html153"
+ HREF="node67.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html154"
+ HREF="node68.html">Advanced phone settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html155"
+ HREF="node69.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html156"
+ HREF="node70.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html157"
+ HREF="node71.html">Configure a component</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html158"
+ HREF="node72.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html159"
+ HREF="node73.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html160"
+ HREF="node74.html">References</A>
+</UL></UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node10.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node10.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Telephone hardware</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Telephone hardware">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011800000000000000">
+Telephone hardware</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Mention the type of the telephone. (pour un terminal ?)
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node11.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node11.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Graphic device</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Graphic device">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011900000000000000">
+Graphic device</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Driver</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Select the graphic driver in the scroll list
+<BR>
+Resolution</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node12.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node12.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Display device</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Display device">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111000000000000000">
+Display device</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=198>Type</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=227><SPAN ID="hue115">?</SPAN>
+<BR>
+HSync</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node13.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node13.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Remote desktop</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Remote desktop">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111100000000000000">
+Remote desktop</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Connect method</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Select the type of remote connection to another terminal
+<BR>
+Terminal server</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node14.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node14.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Print device</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Print device">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111200000000000000">
+Print device</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=170>Provide print services</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=255>Check if you want allow to the terminal a print service
+<BR>
+Spool server</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node15.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node15.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Scan device</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Scan device">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111300000000000000">
+Scan device</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=170>Provide scan services</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=255>Check if you want allow to the terminal a scan service
+<BR>
+Model</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node16.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node16.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Startup</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Startup">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111400000000000000">
+Startup</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node17.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node17.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Boot parameters</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Boot parameters">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111500000000000000">
+Boot parameters</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>LDAP server</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Select in the scroll list the LDAP server where the terminal is configured
+<BR>
+Boot kernel</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>use graphical bootup
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Check if you want a graphical interface when booting.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>use standard linux textual bootup
+</LI>
+</UL>
+?
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>use debug mode for startup
+</LI>
+</UL>
+?
+
+<P>
+Trois points à expliquer
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node18.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node18.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Kernel modules (format : name parameters)</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Kernel modules (format : name parameters)">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111600000000000000">
+Kernel modules (format : name parameters)</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue159">?</SPAN>
+<P>
+Utiliser le bouton Ajouter après avoir rempli le champ qui le précède
+et le bouton Supprimer après avoir séléctionné dans la liste.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node19.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node19.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Shares</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Shares">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111700000000000000">
+Shares</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+?
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configure a terminal</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configure a terminal">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Configure a terminal</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html171"
+ HREF="node3.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html172"
+ HREF="node4.html">Properties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html173"
+ HREF="node5.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html174"
+ HREF="node6.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html175"
+ HREF="node7.html">Devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html176"
+ HREF="node8.html">Keyboard</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html177"
+ HREF="node9.html">Mouse</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html178"
+ HREF="node10.html">Telephone hardware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html179"
+ HREF="node11.html">Graphic device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html180"
+ HREF="node12.html">Display device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html181"
+ HREF="node13.html">Remote desktop</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html182"
+ HREF="node14.html">Print device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html183"
+ HREF="node15.html">Scan device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html184"
+ HREF="node16.html">Startup</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html185"
+ HREF="node17.html">Boot parameters</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html186"
+ HREF="node18.html">Kernel modules (format : name parameters)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html187"
+ HREF="node19.html">Shares</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html188"
+ HREF="node20.html">Printer</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html189"
+ HREF="node21.html">General</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html190"
+ HREF="node22.html">Details</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html191"
+ HREF="node23.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html192"
+ HREF="node24.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html193"
+ HREF="node25.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html194"
+ HREF="node26.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node20.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node20.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Printer</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Printer">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111800000000000000">
+Printer</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node21.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node21.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>General</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="General">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111900000000000000">
+General</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Printer name<SPAN ID="hue591">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Mention the name of the printer linked to the terminal
+<BR>
+Description</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node22.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node22.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Details</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Details">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000112000000000000000">
+Details</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Printer location</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Mention where the printer is physically in the organization
+<BR>
+Printer URL</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node23.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node23.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Permissions</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Permissions">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000112100000000000000">
+Permissions</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Users which are allowed to use this printer
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Insert in the field the user or the group allowed to use the printer.
+You have to use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add user</SPAN> button to add users and the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add
+group</SPAN> button to add groups.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Users which are allowed to administrate this printer
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Insert in the field the user or the group allowed to administrate
+the printer. You have to use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add user</SPAN> button to add users
+and the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add group</SPAN> button to add groups.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node24.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node24.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Network settings</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Network settings">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000112200000000000000">
+Network settings</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>IP-address</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Mention the IP-address of the printer
+<BR>
+MAC-address</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node25.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node25.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Information</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Information">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000112300000000000000">
+Information</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+?
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node26.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node26.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>References</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="References">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000112400000000000000">
+References</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue199">?</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node27.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node27.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configure a workstation</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configure a workstation">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Configure a workstation</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html443"
+ HREF="node28.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html444"
+ HREF="node29.html">Properties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html445"
+ HREF="node30.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html446"
+ HREF="node31.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html447"
+ HREF="node32.html">Devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html448"
+ HREF="node33.html">Keyboard</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html449"
+ HREF="node34.html">Mouse</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html450"
+ HREF="node35.html">Telephone hardware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html451"
+ HREF="node36.html">Graphic device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html452"
+ HREF="node37.html">Display device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html453"
+ HREF="node38.html">Scan device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html454"
+ HREF="node39.html">Startup</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html455"
+ HREF="node40.html">Boot parameters</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html456"
+ HREF="node41.html">FAI server</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html457"
+ HREF="node42.html">Assigned FAI casses</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html458"
+ HREF="node43.html">Kernel modules (format : name parameters)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html459"
+ HREF="node44.html">Shares</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html460"
+ HREF="node45.html">Printer</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html461"
+ HREF="node46.html">Details</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html462"
+ HREF="node47.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html463"
+ HREF="node48.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html464"
+ HREF="node49.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html465"
+ HREF="node50.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node28.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node28.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012100000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node29.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node29.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Properties</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Properties">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012200000000000000">
+Properties</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Workstation template</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283><SPAN ID="hue208">?</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue210"></SPAN>
+<BR>
+Location</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011100000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node30.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node30.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Network settings</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Network settings">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012300000000000000">
+Network settings</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>IP-address</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the IP-address of the workstation
+<BR>
+MAC-address</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node31.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node31.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Action</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Action">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012400000000000000">
+Action</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue223">?</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node32.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node32.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Devices</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Devices">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012500000000000000">
+Devices</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node33.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node33.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Keyboard</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Keyboard">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012600000000000000">
+Keyboard</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Model</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Select the keyboard's model in the scroll list.
+<BR>
+Layout</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node34.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node34.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Mouse</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Mouse">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012700000000000000">
+Mouse</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Type</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Select the mouse's model in the scroll list.
+<BR>
+Port</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node35.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node35.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Telephone hardware</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Telephone hardware">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012800000000000000">
+Telephone hardware</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Mention the type of the telephone.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node36.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node36.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Graphic device</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Graphic device">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012900000000000000">
+Graphic device</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Graphic device
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Driver</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Select the graphic driver in the scroll list
+<BR>
+Resolution</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node37.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node37.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Display device</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Display device">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121000000000000000">
+Display device</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=198>Type</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=227><SPAN ID="hue253">?</SPAN>
+<BR>
+HSync</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node38.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node38.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Scan device</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Scan device">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121100000000000000">
+Scan device</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=170>Provide scan services</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=255>Check if you want allow to the terminal a scan service
+<BR></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node39.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node39.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Startup</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Startup">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121200000000000000">
+Startup</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Properties</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Properties">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011200000000000000">
+Properties</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Terminal template</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+<BR>
+Base<SPAN ID="hue580">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node40.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node40.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Boot parameters</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Boot parameters">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121300000000000000">
+Boot parameters</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>LDAP server</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Select in the scroll list the LDAP server where the workstation is
+configured
+<BR>
+Boot kernel</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node41.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node41.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>FAI server</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="FAI server">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121400000000000000">
+FAI server</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Mention the FAI server used.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node42.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node42.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Assigned FAI casses</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Assigned FAI casses">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121500000000000000">
+Assigned FAI casses</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+?
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node43.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node43.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Kernel modules (format : name parameters)</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Kernel modules (format : name parameters)">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121600000000000000">
+Kernel modules (format : name parameters)</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue279">?</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node44.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node44.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Shares</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Shares">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121700000000000000">
+Shares</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue283">?</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node45.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node45.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Printer</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Printer">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121800000000000000">
+Printer</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+General
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Printer name<SPAN ID="hue605">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Mention the name of the printer linked to the workstation
+<BR>
+Description</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node46.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node46.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Details</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Details">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121900000000000000">
+Details</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Printer location</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Mention where the printer is physically in the organization
+<BR>
+Printer URL</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node47.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node47.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Permissions</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Permissions">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000122000000000000000">
+Permissions</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Users which are allowed to use this printer
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Insert in the field the user or the group allowed to use the printer.
+You have to use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add user</SPAN> button to add users and the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add
+group</SPAN> button to add groups.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Users which are allowed to administrate this printer
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Insert in the field the user or the group allowed to administrate
+the printer. You have to use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add user</SPAN> button to add users
+and the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add group</SPAN> button to add groups.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node48.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node48.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Network settings</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Network settings">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000122100000000000000">
+Network settings</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>IP-address</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Mention the IP-address of the printer
+<BR>
+MAC-address</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node49.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node49.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Information</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Information">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000122200000000000000">
+Information</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+?
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Network settings</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Network settings">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011300000000000000">
+Network settings</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>IP-address</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the IP-address of the terminal
+<BR>
+MAC-address</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node50.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node50.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>References</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="References">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000122300000000000000">
+References</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue321">?</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node51.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node51.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configure a server</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configure a server">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00013000000000000000">
+Configure a server</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html704"
+ HREF="node52.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html705"
+ HREF="node53.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html706"
+ HREF="node54.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html707"
+ HREF="node55.html">Databases</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html708"
+ HREF="node56.html">Services</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html709"
+ HREF="node57.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html710"
+ HREF="node58.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node52.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node52.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013100000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Server name<SPAN ID="hue610">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the name's server
+<BR>
+Base<SPAN ID="hue611">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node53.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node53.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Network settings</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Network settings">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013200000000000000">
+Network settings</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>IP-address</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the IP-address of the server
+<BR>
+MAC-address</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node54.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node54.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Action</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Action">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013300000000000000">
+Action</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue342">?</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node55.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node55.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Databases</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Databases">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013400000000000000">
+Databases</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+This tab contains the databases linked to the to the server. The administrator
+can check one or many propositions of databases according to the system
+configuration and the user's access.
+
+<P>
+The administrator have the choice between :
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Kerberos kadmin access
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Kerberos Realm</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+<BR>
+Admin user</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>FAX database
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>FAX DB user</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+<BR>
+Password</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Asterisk Management
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Asterisk DB user</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+<BR>
+Password</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>IMAP admin access
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Server identifier</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+<BR>
+Connect URL</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Logging database
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Logging DB user</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+<BR>
+Password</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node56.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node56.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Services</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Services">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013500000000000000">
+Services</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Nfs Export
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<SPAN ID="hue384">?</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Time Service
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<SPAN ID="hue389">?</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>LDAP Service
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<SPAN ID="hue394">?</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Terminal Service
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Temporary disable login</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283><SPAN ID="hue402">?</SPAN>
+<BR>
+Font path</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Syslog Service
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<SPAN ID="hue410">?</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Print Service
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<SPAN ID="hue415">?</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node57.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node57.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Information</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Information">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013600000000000000">
+Information</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+This tab give a summary of the sytem's score.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node58.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node58.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>References</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="References">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013700000000000000">
+References</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue421">?</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node59.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node59.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configure a printer</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configure a printer">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00014000000000000000">
+Configure a printer</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html789"
+ HREF="node60.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html790"
+ HREF="node61.html">General</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html791"
+ HREF="node62.html">Details</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html792"
+ HREF="node63.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html793"
+ HREF="node64.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html794"
+ HREF="node65.html">Reference</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Action</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Action">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011400000000000000">
+Action</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue85">?</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node60.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node60.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014100000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node61.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node61.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>General</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="General">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014200000000000000">
+General</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Printer name<SPAN ID="hue620">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Mention the name of the printer
+<BR>
+Description</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node62.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node62.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Details</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Details">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014300000000000000">
+Details</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Printer location</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Mention where the printer is physically in the organization
+<BR>
+Printer URL</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node63.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node63.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Permissions</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Permissions">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014400000000000000">
+Permissions</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Users which are allowed to use this printer
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Insert in the field the user or the group allowed to use the printer.
+You have to use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add user</SPAN> button to add users and the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add
+group</SPAN> button to add groups.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Users which are allowed to administrate this printer
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Insert in the field the user or the group allowed to administrate
+the printer. You have to use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add user</SPAN> button to add users
+and the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add group</SPAN> button to add groups.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node64.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node64.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Network settings</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Network settings">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014500000000000000">
+Network settings</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>IP-address</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Mention the IP-address of the printer
+<BR>
+MAC-address</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node65.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node65.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Reference</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Reference">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014600000000000000">
+Reference</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+?
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node66.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node66.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configure a telephone</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configure a telephone">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00015000000000000000">
+Configure a telephone</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html863"
+ HREF="node67.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html864"
+ HREF="node68.html">Advanced phone settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html865"
+ HREF="node69.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html866"
+ HREF="node70.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node67.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node67.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015100000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142><SPAN ID="hue465">Phone name</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue625">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the name of the telephone
+<BR>
+Base<SPAN ID="hue626">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node68.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node68.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Advanced phone settings</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Advanced phone settings">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015200000000000000">
+Advanced phone settings</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Phone type<SPAN ID="hue628">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Choisissez dans la liste déroulante le type du téléphone : SIP, IAX
+ou CAPI
+<BR></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>If SIP is selected you must fill in the following fields :
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=113>Mode<SPAN ID="hue630">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+<BR>
+DTMF mode</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>If IAX is selected you must fill in the following fields :
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=113>Modus<SPAN ID="hue632">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283><SPAN ID="hue496">?</SPAN>
+<BR>
+Default IP</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>If CAPI is selected you must fill in the following field :
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=113>MSN</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283><SPAN ID="hue521">?</SPAN>
+<BR></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node69.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node69.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Network settings</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Network settings">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015300000000000000">
+Network settings</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>IP<SPAN ID="hue530">-address</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue635">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the IP-address of the telephone
+<BR>
+MAC<SPAN ID="hue534">-address</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue636">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node7.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node7.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Devices</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Devices">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011500000000000000">
+Devices</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node70.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node70.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>References</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="References">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015400000000000000">
+References</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue541">?</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node71.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node71.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configure a component</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configure a component">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00016000000000000000">
+Configure a component</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html913"
+ HREF="node72.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html914"
+ HREF="node73.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html915"
+ HREF="node74.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node72.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node72.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00016100000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Device name<SPAN ID="hue638">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the name of the component
+<BR>
+Base<SPAN ID="hue639">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node73.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node73.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Network settings</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Network settings">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00016200000000000000">
+Network settings</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>IP<SPAN ID="hue559">-address</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue641">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the IP-address of the component
+<BR>
+MAC<SPAN ID="hue563">-address</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue642">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node74.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node74.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>References</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="References">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00016300000000000000">
+References</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue570">?</SPAN>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node75.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node75.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/systems/ systems.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node8.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node8.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Keyboard</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Keyboard">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011600000000000000">
+Keyboard</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Model</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Select the keyboard's model in the scroll list.
+<BR>
+Layout</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node9.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/node9.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Mouse</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Mouse">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011700000000000000">
+Mouse</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Type</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Select the mouse's model in the scroll list.
+<BR>
+Port</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/search.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_component.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_component.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d26a3ee
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_component.png differ
index 0000000..d26a3ee
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_component.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_phone.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_phone.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..45714d1
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_phone.png differ
index 0000000..45714d1
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_phone.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_printer.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_printer.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e4618fe
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_printer.png differ
index 0000000..e4618fe
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_printer.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_server.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_server.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..84f6570
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_server.png differ
index 0000000..84f6570
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_server.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_terminal.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_terminal.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a218480
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_terminal.png differ
index 0000000..a218480
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_terminal.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_workstation.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_workstation.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8b5d4f4
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_workstation.png differ
index 0000000..8b5d4f4
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/select_new_workstation.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/systems.css b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/systems.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue115 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue117 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue119 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue127 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue129 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue159 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue199 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue208 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue210 { color: #000000; }
+#hue223 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue231 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue25 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue253 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue255 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue257 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue279 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue28 { color: #000000; }
+#hue283 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue321 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue342 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue384 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue389 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue39 { color: #000000; }
+#hue394 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue402 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue404 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue41 { color: #000000; }
+#hue410 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue415 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue421 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue43 { color: #000000; }
+#hue465 { color: #000000; }
+#hue496 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue498 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue500 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue502 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue504 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue506 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue508 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue510 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue512 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue521 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue530 { color: #000000; }
+#hue534 { color: #000000; }
+#hue541 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue559 { color: #000000; }
+#hue563 { color: #000000; }
+#hue570 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue578 { color: #000000; }
+#hue580 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue591 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue592 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue596 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue605 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue606 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue610 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue611 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue620 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue621 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue625 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue626 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue628 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue630 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue632 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue635 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue636 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue638 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue639 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue641 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue642 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue68 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue70 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue72 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue74 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue85 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue93 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/systems.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/systems/systems.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of systems</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Configure a terminal</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Properties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Keyboard</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">Mouse</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">Telephone hardware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="node11.html">Graphic device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html14"
+ HREF="node12.html">Display device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="node13.html">Remote desktop</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node14.html">Print device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node15.html">Scan device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node16.html">Startup</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node17.html">Boot parameters</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node18.html">Kernel modules (format : name parameters)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node19.html">Shares</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node20.html">Printer</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="node21.html">General</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html24"
+ HREF="node22.html">Details</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html25"
+ HREF="node23.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html26"
+ HREF="node24.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html27"
+ HREF="node25.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html28"
+ HREF="node26.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html29"
+ HREF="node27.html">Configure a workstation</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html30"
+ HREF="node28.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html31"
+ HREF="node29.html">Properties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html32"
+ HREF="node30.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
+ HREF="node31.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
+ HREF="node32.html">Devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
+ HREF="node33.html">Keyboard</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
+ HREF="node34.html">Mouse</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
+ HREF="node35.html">Telephone hardware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html38"
+ HREF="node36.html">Graphic device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
+ HREF="node37.html">Display device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html40"
+ HREF="node38.html">Scan device</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html41"
+ HREF="node39.html">Startup</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html42"
+ HREF="node40.html">Boot parameters</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html43"
+ HREF="node41.html">FAI server</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html44"
+ HREF="node42.html">Assigned FAI casses</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html45"
+ HREF="node43.html">Kernel modules (format : name parameters)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html46"
+ HREF="node44.html">Shares</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html47"
+ HREF="node45.html">Printer</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html48"
+ HREF="node46.html">Details</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html49"
+ HREF="node47.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html50"
+ HREF="node48.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html51"
+ HREF="node49.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html52"
+ HREF="node50.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html53"
+ HREF="node51.html">Configure a server</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html54"
+ HREF="node52.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html55"
+ HREF="node53.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html56"
+ HREF="node54.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html57"
+ HREF="node55.html">Databases</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html58"
+ HREF="node56.html">Services</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html59"
+ HREF="node57.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html60"
+ HREF="node58.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html61"
+ HREF="node59.html">Configure a printer</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html62"
+ HREF="node60.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html63"
+ HREF="node61.html">General</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html64"
+ HREF="node62.html">Details</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html65"
+ HREF="node63.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html66"
+ HREF="node64.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html67"
+ HREF="node65.html">Reference</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html68"
+ HREF="node66.html">Configure a telephone</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html69"
+ HREF="node67.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html70"
+ HREF="node68.html">Advanced phone settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html71"
+ HREF="node69.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html72"
+ HREF="node70.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html73"
+ HREF="node71.html">Configure a component</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html74"
+ HREF="node72.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html75"
+ HREF="node73.html">Network settings</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html76"
+ HREF="node74.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html77"
+ HREF="node75.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/index.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>USERS ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="USERS ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">USERS ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of users</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Personal information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Organizational information</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Unix</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Group membership</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">System trust</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">Environment</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="node11.html">Profiles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html14"
+ HREF="node12.html">Kiosk profile</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="node13.html">Logon scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node14.html">Attach share</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node15.html">Hotplug devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node16.html">Printer</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node17.html">Mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node18.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node19.html">Alternative addresses</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node20.html">Mail options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="node21.html">Advanced mail options</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html24"
+ HREF="node22.html">Samba</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html25"
+ HREF="node23.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html26"
+ HREF="node24.html">Terminal Server</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html27"
+ HREF="node25.html">Access options</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html28"
+ HREF="node26.html">Connectivity</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html29"
+ HREF="node32.html">Fax</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html30"
+ HREF="node33.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html31"
+ HREF="node34.html">Delivery methods</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html32"
+ HREF="node35.html">Alternate fax numbers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
+ HREF="node36.html">Blocklists</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
+ HREF="node37.html">Phone</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
+ HREF="node38.html">Phone numbers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
+ HREF="node39.html">Telephone hardware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
+ HREF="node40.html">Phone macro</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html38"
+ HREF="node41.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
+ HREF="node42.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/list_new_user.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/list_new_user.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..34ee112
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/list_new_user.png differ
index 0000000..34ee112
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/list_new_user.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>List of users</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="List of users">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+List of users</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+The administrator can create, modify or access the account informations
+when clicking on the <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue25">users</SPAN></SPAN> button in the
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administration</SPAN> menu on the left. The <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue28">Users
+Administration</SPAN></SPAN> page is displayed, she is divided on three columns.
+Each time an user is created it will appear in the first column sorted
+by department.
+
+<P>
+The two first columns contains icons which are shortcuts to the settings
+of each user and the actions you can execute on them.
+
+<P>
+Those icons ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> ) are used to modify the display
+according to the department, the icons predominate other selections
+of display.
+
+<P>
+It's from the Users Administration page that the system administrator
+will get a global view of all the users in his system.
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue318">In the right part of the page you will find a table
+called Filters <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket">. </SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN ID="hue36">This table purpose is to change the display of the
+users :</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue38">- Click on a letter to show all the users starting
+with this letter;</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue40">- Click on the asterisk and the list of users will
+be ordoned alphabetically</SPAN>
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>You can also :
+
+<P>
+- Check one or more options to get a restricted selection;
+
+<P>
+- Insert a letter or a number followed by an asterisk or a user name
+in the filed preceded by a this icon <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search">.
+Click on the <SPAN CLASS="textit">submit</SPAN> button to get the result of your selection.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+To create an account click on <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_new_user.png"
+ ALT="Image list_new_user">.
+If the account is already created click on the account himself.
+
+<P>
+You will see tabs, each of them is a part of the user account configuration.
+Each of those tabs is an extension that GOsa can manage.
+
+<P>
+To finish the creation of the user, click on the finish button on
+the right bottom of the page. To cancel your change click on the cancel
+button.
+<BR>
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+All the fields followed by an red asterisk must be filled.
+
+<P>
+In the upper right corner you have the full dn of the user currently
+edited.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html50"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html51"
+ HREF="node3.html">Personal information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html52"
+ HREF="node4.html">Organizational information</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html53"
+ HREF="node5.html">Unix</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html54"
+ HREF="node6.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html55"
+ HREF="node7.html">Group membership</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html56"
+ HREF="node8.html">Account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html57"
+ HREF="node9.html">System trust</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html58"
+ HREF="node10.html">Environment</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html59"
+ HREF="node11.html">Profiles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html60"
+ HREF="node12.html">Kiosk profile</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html61"
+ HREF="node13.html">Logon scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html62"
+ HREF="node14.html">Attach share</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html63"
+ HREF="node15.html">Hotplug devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html64"
+ HREF="node16.html">Printer</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html65"
+ HREF="node17.html">Mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html66"
+ HREF="node18.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html67"
+ HREF="node19.html">Alternative addresses</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html68"
+ HREF="node20.html">Mail options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html69"
+ HREF="node21.html">Advanced mail options</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html70"
+ HREF="node22.html">Samba</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html71"
+ HREF="node23.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html72"
+ HREF="node24.html">Terminal Server</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html73"
+ HREF="node25.html">Access options</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html74"
+ HREF="node26.html">Connectivity</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html75"
+ HREF="node27.html">Proxy account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html76"
+ HREF="node28.html">FTP account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html77"
+ HREF="node29.html">WebDAV account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html78"
+ HREF="node30.html">PHPGroupware account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html79"
+ HREF="node31.html">Intranet account</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html80"
+ HREF="node32.html">Fax</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html81"
+ HREF="node33.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html82"
+ HREF="node34.html">Delivery methods</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html83"
+ HREF="node35.html">Alternate fax numbers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html84"
+ HREF="node36.html">Blocklists</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html85"
+ HREF="node37.html">Phone</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html86"
+ HREF="node38.html">Phone numbers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html87"
+ HREF="node39.html">Telephone hardware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html88"
+ HREF="node40.html">Phone macro</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html89"
+ HREF="node41.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node10.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node10.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Environment</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Environment">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00013000000000000000">
+Environment</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Click on the button <SPAN CLASS="textit">add an environment extension</SPAN> <SPAN CLASS="textit"><SPAN CLASS="textit">to</SPAN></SPAN>
+activate the configuration space.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html182"
+ HREF="node11.html">Profiles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html183"
+ HREF="node12.html">Kiosk profile</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html184"
+ HREF="node13.html">Logon scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html185"
+ HREF="node14.html">Attach share</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html186"
+ HREF="node15.html">Hotplug devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html187"
+ HREF="node16.html">Printer</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node11.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node11.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Profiles</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Profiles">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013100000000000000">
+Profiles</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node12.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node12.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Kiosk profile</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Kiosk profile">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013200000000000000">
+Kiosk profile</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node13.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node13.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Logon scripts</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Logon scripts">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013300000000000000">
+Logon scripts</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node14.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node14.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Attach share</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Attach share">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013400000000000000">
+Attach share</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node15.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node15.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Hotplug devices</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Hotplug devices">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013500000000000000">
+Hotplug devices</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node16.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node16.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Printer</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Printer">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013600000000000000">
+Printer</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node17.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node17.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Mail</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Mail">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00014000000000000000">
+Mail</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+The mail account is linked to the mail server. To activate the mail
+account click on the button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Create mail account</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html256"
+ HREF="node18.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html257"
+ HREF="node19.html">Alternative addresses</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html258"
+ HREF="node20.html">Mail options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html259"
+ HREF="node21.html">Advanced mail options</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node18.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node18.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014100000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142><SPAN ID="hue143">Primary address</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue333">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the mail address of the user
+<BR>
+Server</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node19.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node19.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Alternative addresses</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Alternative addresses">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014200000000000000">
+Alternative addresses</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+The user can own one or many aliases. Those aliases must be inserted
+in the alternatives addresses area.
+
+<P>
+Use the button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add</SPAN> to insert the aliases. The alias must be
+inserted in the empty area followed by the button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add</SPAN>. Use
+the button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Delete</SPAN> to remove aliases.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html100"
+ HREF="node3.html">Personal information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html101"
+ HREF="node4.html">Organizational information</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node20.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node20.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Mail options</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Mail options">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014300000000000000">
+Mail options</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Management of the mail options of the user :
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>No delivery to own mailbox : send all mail for this address to a mail
+address mentionned in the area <SPAN CLASS="textit">Forward messages to.</SPAN>
+</LI>
+<LI>Activate vacation message : send the message wroten in the area <SPAN CLASS="textit"><SPAN ID="hue157">Vacation
+message</SPAN></SPAN> to the sender.
+</LI>
+<LI>Move mails tagged with spam level greater than (a) to folder (b) :
+send mails that spam level is higher than (a) in the folder (b).
+</LI>
+<LI>Reject mails bigger than (c) MB : reject mails higher than (c) MB.
+</LI>
+<LI>Use the <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add</SPAN> ou <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add local</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue161">buttons to
+manage addresses : </SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue163">- The</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue335"><SPAN CLASS="textit">Add local</SPAN></SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue167">button
+is used to choose among the local list addresses. </SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue169">- The</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue336"><SPAN CLASS="textit">Add</SPAN></SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue173">button
+allow external addresses.</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue175">- Use the</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue337"><SPAN CLASS="textit">Delete</SPAN></SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue179">button
+to remove the mails addresses.</SPAN>
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node21.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node21.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Advanced mail options</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Advanced mail options">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014400000000000000">
+Advanced mail options</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>User is only allowed to send and receive local mails : the administrator
+can force sending and receiving local mails only.
+</LI>
+<LI>Use custom sieve script : The administrator can write sieve script
+to establish rules for managing mail box. <SPAN CLASS="textit">Attention !</SPAN> <SPAN CLASS="textit">This
+will disable all mail options</SPAN>.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node22.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node22.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Samba</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Samba">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00015000000000000000">
+Samba</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+To create a samba account for an user click on the button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Create
+a samba</SPAN> <SPAN CLASS="textit">account</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html308"
+ HREF="node23.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html309"
+ HREF="node24.html">Terminal Server</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html310"
+ HREF="node25.html">Access options</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node23.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node23.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015100000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Home directory</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Mention the path of the user's home directory in UNC notation ex:
+\\SERVER\homes\user.
+Choose on the scroll list the letter associated to the user's home
+directory.
+<BR>
+Domain</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node24.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node24.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Terminal Server</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Terminal Server">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015200000000000000">
+Terminal Server</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Allow login on the terminal server
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Home directory</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Mention the path of the user's home directory in notation UNC ex:
+\\SERVER\homes\user.
+Choose on the scroll list the letter associated to the user's home
+directory.
+<BR>
+Profile path</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Inherit client config
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Initial program</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Mention the path to the default application
+<BR>
+Working directory</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Timeout settings (in minutes) :
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Connection</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Put the maximum time waiting for a login
+<BR>
+Disconnection</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Client devices :
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Connect client drives at logon</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Check to connect client drives at logon
+<BR>
+Connect client printers at logon</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Miscellaneous :
+
+<P>
+- Shadowing : <SPAN ID="hue232">?</SPAN>
+<P>
+- On broken or timed out : choose if you want disconect or reset the
+client.
+
+<P>
+- Reconnect if disconnected : choose if the reconnection must be done
+from the same client, or if it can be done from an other client.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node25.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node25.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Access options</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Access options">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015300000000000000">
+Access options</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>It's about the management of the user's password. Once or many proposal
+can be checked in but the administrator must take care to avoid conflicts.
+</LI>
+<LI>The area on the right must be filled by the names of clients on which
+the user can logon. The administrator must use the button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add</SPAN>
+to insert the clients names. The button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add</SPAN> give the clients
+list. Use the button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Delete</SPAN> to remove clients.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node26.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node26.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Connectivity</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Connectivity">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00016000000000000000">
+Connectivity</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+The administrator can choose more services where the user could be
+connected.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><UL>
+<LI><UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html349"
+ HREF="node27.html">Proxy account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html350"
+ HREF="node28.html">FTP account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html351"
+ HREF="node29.html">WebDAV account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html352"
+ HREF="node30.html">PHPGroupware account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html353"
+ HREF="node31.html">Intranet account</A>
+</UL></UL></UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node27.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node27.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Proxy account</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Proxy account">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H5><A NAME="SECTION00016001000000000000">
+Proxy account</A>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+If you activated the Proxy option for a user you can filter the content,
+limit access hours and restrict download/upload.
+
+<P>
+
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node28.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node28.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>FTP account</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="FTP account">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H5><A NAME="SECTION00016002000000000000">
+FTP account</A>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+If you activated the FTP option, you can fix the upload and downlaod
+bandwidth, the data ratio and the quota allowed. You can also deactivate
+the FTP account.
+
+<P>
+
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node29.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node29.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>WebDAV account</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="WebDAV account">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H5><A NAME="SECTION00016003000000000000">
+WebDAV account</A>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+If you activated the WebDAV option, the user will be granted access
+to the WebDAV server.
+
+<P>
+
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Personal information</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Personal information">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011100000000000000">
+Personal information</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Last <SPAN ID="hue53">name</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue320">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the last name
+<BR>
+<SPAN ID="hue57">First name</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue321">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+You can if you wisch add a picture of the user by clicking on the
+button <SPAN CLASS="textit">changer la photo</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node30.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node30.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>PHPGroupware account</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="PHPGroupware account">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H5><A NAME="SECTION00016004000000000000">
+PHPGroupware account</A>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+If you activated the PHPGroupware option, the user will be granted
+access to the PHPGroupware software.
+
+<P>
+
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node31.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node31.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Intranet account</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Intranet account">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H5><A NAME="SECTION00016005000000000000">
+Intranet account</A>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+If you activated the Intranet option, the user will access Intranet
+server.
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf">PPTP account</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+If you activated the PPTP option, the user will access server PPTP.
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf">PHPScheduleit account</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+If you activated the PHPScheduleit option, the user will access PHPScheduleIt
+software.
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf">GLPI account</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+If you activated the GLPI option, the user will access GLPI software.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node32.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node32.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Fax</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Fax">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00017000000000000000">
+Fax</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+To create a fax account for an user click on the button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Create
+a Fax account.</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html412"
+ HREF="node33.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html413"
+ HREF="node34.html">Delivery methods</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html414"
+ HREF="node35.html">Alternate fax numbers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html415"
+ HREF="node36.html">Blocklists</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node33.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node33.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00017100000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Fax<SPAN ID="hue344">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the fax number of the user
+<BR>
+Language</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node34.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node34.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Delivery methods</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Delivery methods">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00017200000000000000">
+Delivery methods</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Temporary disable fax usage : forbid the use of the fax for an user.
+</LI>
+<LI>Deliver fax as mail to : send fax on mail distribution format to the
+user's mailbox.
+</LI>
+<LI>Deliver fax to printer : send fax to a printer.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node35.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node35.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Alternate fax numbers</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Alternate fax numbers">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00017300000000000000">
+Alternate fax numbers</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+The administrator can complete the fax configuration with more than
+one fax number. Use the buttons <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add</SPAN>, <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add local</SPAN> to
+fill the area.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>The <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add local</SPAN> button is used to choose among the local fax.
+</LI>
+<LI>The <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add</SPAN> button allow external fax numbers.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Use the button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Delete</SPAN> to remove fax numbers.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node36.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node36.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Blocklists</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Blocklists">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00017400000000000000">
+Blocklists</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+The fax is today frequently use to deliver advertising messages. Many
+of them are spams. To avoid those messages, the administrator can
+create a blocklist for incoming and outgoing fax.
+
+<P>
+When clicking on the button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Edit</SPAN> at the left side appear the
+blocked numbers/lists linked to the user and at the right side the
+predefined blocklist.
+
+<P>
+Select one or many lists at the right side and click on <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add
+the list to the blocklists</SPAN> use at vous désirez utiliser dans la liste
+de droite et cliquer sur <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter à la liste rouge</SPAN> pour l'activer.
+<SPAN ID="hue287">???</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node37.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node37.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Phone</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Phone">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00018000000000000000">
+Phone</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+To activate the phone account for an user click on the button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Create
+a phone account</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html464"
+ HREF="node38.html">Phone numbers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html465"
+ HREF="node39.html">Telephone hardware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html466"
+ HREF="node40.html">Phone macro</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node38.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node38.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Phone numbers</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Phone numbers">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00018100000000000000">
+Phone numbers</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Insert one or many phone numbers for the user by clicking on the button
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">A</SPAN><SPAN CLASS="textit">dd</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node39.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node39.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Telephone hardware</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Telephone hardware">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00018200000000000000">
+Telephone hardware</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Telephone</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Make your choice on the scroll list
+<BR>
+VoicemailPIN<SPAN ID="hue346">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Organizational information</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Organizational information">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011200000000000000">
+Organizational information</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+Organization</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+Insert the organization's name
+<BR>
+Departement</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node40.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node40.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Phone macro</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Phone macro">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00018300000000000000">
+Phone macro</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Selection of phone macro for the user's telephone.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node41.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node41.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>References</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="References">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00019000000000000000">
+References</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+The references present the user's properties. It gives the administrator
+a short summary of the user's properties.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node42.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node42.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">USERS ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/users/ users.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Unix</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Unix">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Unix</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+To activate an Unix account for one user, you have to click on the
+button <SPAN CLASS="textit">add a posix account.</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html130"
+ HREF="node6.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html131"
+ HREF="node7.html">Group membership</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html132"
+ HREF="node8.html">Account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html133"
+ HREF="node9.html">System trust</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Generic</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Generic">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012100000000000000">
+Generic</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Home directory<SPAN ID="hue329">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insert the path to the home directory of the user
+<BR>
+Shell</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node7.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node7.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Group membership</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Group membership">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012200000000000000">
+Group membership</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Use the buttons <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add</SPAN> and <SPAN CLASS="textit">Delete</SPAN> to insert or to remove
+groups in the empty area. The button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add</SPAN> give the group list
+created by the administrator. The user could be attached at one or
+many groups.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node8.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node8.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Account</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Account">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012300000000000000">
+Account</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+It's about the management of the user's password. Many proposals could
+be checked but the administrator should avoid conflicting options.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node9.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/node9.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>System trust</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="System trust">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012400000000000000">
+System trust</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+The trust system is used to control access by the user at differents
+systems, devices, ...
+
+<P>
+The trust system can :
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>be deactivated,
+</LI>
+<LI>allow full access,
+</LI>
+<LI>allow the access to hosts :
+
+<P>
+- Use the button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add</SPAN> to select the hosts,
+
+<P>
+- Use the button <SPAN CLASS="textit">Delete</SPAN> to remove hosts.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/search.png b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/users.css b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/users.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue103 { color: #000000; }
+#hue105 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue143 { color: #000000; }
+#hue157 { color: #000000; }
+#hue161 { color: #000000; }
+#hue163 { color: #000000; }
+#hue167 { color: #000000; }
+#hue169 { color: #000000; }
+#hue173 { color: #000000; }
+#hue175 { color: #000000; }
+#hue179 { color: #000000; }
+#hue232 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue25 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue28 { color: #000000; }
+#hue287 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue302 { color: #000000; }
+#hue306 { color: #000000; }
+#hue318 { color: #000000; }
+#hue320 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue321 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue322 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue324 { color: #000000; }
+#hue325 { color: #000000; }
+#hue326 { color: #000000; }
+#hue329 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue333 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue335 { color: #000000; }
+#hue336 { color: #000000; }
+#hue337 { color: #000000; }
+#hue344 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue346 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue347 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue36 { color: #000000; }
+#hue38 { color: #000000; }
+#hue40 { color: #000000; }
+#hue53 { color: #000000; }
+#hue57 { color: #000000; }
+#hue61 { color: #000000; }
+#hue66 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue68 { color: #000000; }
+#hue72 { color: #000000; }
+#hue76 { color: #000000; }
+#hue80 { color: #000000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/users.html b/doc/guide/user/en/html/users/users.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>USERS ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="USERS ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">USERS ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">List of users</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Generic</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Personal information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Organizational information</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Unix</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Group membership</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">System trust</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">Environment</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="node11.html">Profiles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html14"
+ HREF="node12.html">Kiosk profile</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="node13.html">Logon scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node14.html">Attach share</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node15.html">Hotplug devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node16.html">Printer</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node17.html">Mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node18.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node19.html">Alternative addresses</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node20.html">Mail options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="node21.html">Advanced mail options</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html24"
+ HREF="node22.html">Samba</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html25"
+ HREF="node23.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html26"
+ HREF="node24.html">Terminal Server</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html27"
+ HREF="node25.html">Access options</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html28"
+ HREF="node26.html">Connectivity</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html29"
+ HREF="node32.html">Fax</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html30"
+ HREF="node33.html">Generic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html31"
+ HREF="node34.html">Delivery methods</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html32"
+ HREF="node35.html">Alternate fax numbers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
+ HREF="node36.html">Blocklists</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
+ HREF="node37.html">Phone</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
+ HREF="node38.html">Phone numbers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
+ HREF="node39.html">Telephone hardware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
+ HREF="node40.html">Phone macro</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html38"
+ HREF="node41.html">References</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
+ HREF="node42.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
+couldn't convert character inodot into available encodings
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/action.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/action.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..21d5e2f
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/action.png differ
index 0000000..21d5e2f
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/action.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/addressbook.css b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/addressbook.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.textsl { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue25 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue28 { color: #000000; }
+#hue33 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue46 { color: #000000; }
+#hue48 { color: #000000; }
+#hue50 { color: #000000; }
+#hue90 { color: #000000; }
+#hue92 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue93 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/addressbook.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/addressbook.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>CARNET D'ADRESSE</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="CARNET D'ADRESSE">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">CARNET D'ADRESSE</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Carnet d'adresses</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Ajouter une entrée</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Personnel</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Privé</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Organisation</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Modifier une entrée</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Supprimer une entrée</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/closedlock.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/closedlock.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..04a05c1
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/closedlock.png differ
index 0000000..04a05c1
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/closedlock.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/dtree.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/dtree.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7eb7909
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/dtree.png differ
index 0000000..7eb7909
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/dtree.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/edit.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/edit.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a8b69f7
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/edit.png differ
index 0000000..a8b69f7
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/edit.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/editdelete.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/editdelete.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6d0d29d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/editdelete.png differ
index 0000000..6d0d29d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/editdelete.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/editpaste.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/editpaste.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..636a4c5
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/editpaste.png differ
index 0000000..636a4c5
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/editpaste.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/index.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>CARNET D'ADRESSE</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="CARNET D'ADRESSE">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">CARNET D'ADRESSE</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Carnet d'adresses</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Ajouter une entrée</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Personnel</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Privé</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Organisation</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Modifier une entrée</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Supprimer une entrée</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/list_ogroup.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/list_ogroup.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e50de8b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/list_ogroup.png differ
index 0000000..e50de8b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/list_ogroup.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/mailto.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/mailto.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a0bc51c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/mailto.png differ
index 0000000..a0bc51c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/mailto.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Carnet d'adresses</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Carnet d'adresses">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Carnet d'adresses</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut créer ou modifier les données d'un utilisateur
+ou accéder aux informations sur l'utilisateur en cliquant sur le bouton
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue25">Carnet d'adresse</SPAN></SPAN> de la partie <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Extensions</SPAN>
+du menu de gauche dans GOsa. La page <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue28">Carnet
+d'adresses</SPAN></SPAN> s'affiche. Sont repris sur cette page le nom, le numéro
+de téléphone professionnel, le numéro de fax professionel, le numéro
+de téléphone mobile et le numéro de téléphone privé des utilisateurs
+avec dans la dernière colonne ``contact'' les éléments suivants
+:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="18" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./save.png"
+ ALT="Image save"> la possibilité d'enregistrer l'entrée
+sous le format vcard <SPAN ID="hue33">?</SPAN> ,
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="18" HEIGHT="17" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./mailto.png"
+ ALT="Image mailto"> la possibilité d'envoyer un mail
+à l'utilisateur séléctionné.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Pour séléctionner un utilisateur il suffit de cliquer sur son nom,
+s'afficheront alors les données complètes de cet utilisateur préalablement
+entrées par l'administrateur. Pour créer ou manipuler une entrée l'administrateur
+dispose (dans le deuxième tableau à droite dans la fenêtre <IMG
+ WIDTH="24" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./action.png"
+ ALT="Image action">)
+de trois actions possibles :
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Pour ajouter une entrée cliquez sur <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./editpaste.png"
+ ALT="Image editpaste">,
+</LI>
+<LI>Pour modifier une entrée cliquez sur <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./edit.png"
+ ALT="Image edit">,
+</LI>
+<LI>Pour supprimer une entrée cliquez sur <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./editdelete.png"
+ ALT="Image editdelete">.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Attention, les utilisateurs créés dans la partie Administration ne
+peuvent être modifiés dans cette partie de GOsa, seule le consultation
+des données de ces utilisateurs est autorisée.
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue90">Sous le tableau des actions on trouve un tableau
+intitulé Filtres <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket">. </SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN ID="hue46">Ce tableau sert à modifier l'affichage des utilisateurs
+et de leurs données :</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue48">- Cliquer sur une lettre, par exemple la lettre
+L, pour que s'affichent tous les utilisateurs dont le nom commence
+par la lettre L;</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue50">- Cliquez sur l'astérisque et tous les noms d'utilisateurs
+apparaîtront.</SPAN>
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Plus bas d'autres possibilités d'affichage sont possibles :
+
+<P>
+- Cochez une ou plusieurs propositions pour un affichage différencié
+:
+
+<P>
+Cochez '<SPAN CLASS="textit">Afficher les entrées de l'organisation</SPAN>' et tous les
+utilisateurs crées dans la partie Administration de GOsa s'afficheront.
+
+<P>
+Cochez '<SPAN CLASS="textit">Afficher les entrées du carnet d'adresses</SPAN>' et les
+utilisateurs créées à partir du Carnet d'adresses s'afficheront.
+
+<P>
+- <IMG
+ WIDTH="22" HEIGHT="22" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./dtree.png"
+ ALT="Image dtree"> Vous pouvez faire une recherche
+par département;
+
+<P>
+- <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_ogroup.png"
+ ALT="Image list_ogroup"> La recherche peut aussi être
+faite à partir d'une donnée d'un ou plusieurs utilisateur(s);
+
+<P>
+- Ou encore sur un élément. Insérez une lettre ou un numéro suivi
+de l'astérisque ou un nom d'utilisateur dans le champ précédé d'une
+loupe <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search">, il symbolise la recherche
+d'un item. Cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer pour faire apparaître le(s)
+utilisateur(s) recherché(s).
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Tous les champs précédés d'une astérisque doivent être remplis obligatoirement.
+
+<P>
+L'image <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./closedlock.png"
+ ALT="Image closedlock"> signale que vous êtes
+en mode sécurisé.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node2.html">Ajouter une entrée</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node3.html">Personnel</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="node4.html">Privé</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html24"
+ HREF="node5.html">Organisation</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html25"
+ HREF="node6.html">Modifier une entrée</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html26"
+ HREF="node7.html">Supprimer une entrée</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Ajouter une entrée</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Ajouter une entrée">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Ajouter une entrée</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Lorsque vous cliquez sur 'Ajouter une entrée', l'interface <SPAN CLASS="textsl">création
+d'une nouvelle entrée</SPAN> s'affiche. Il suffit pour l'administrateur
+de remplir les champs avec les informations dont il dispose sur l'utilisateur.
+Cette nouvelle entrée n'aura pas de lien avec les utilisateurs crées
+dans la partie Administration. Elle s'incorpore uniquement dans le
+carnet d'adresses de la société.
+
+<P>
+Avant la création vous pouvez choisir le département dans lequel vous
+désirez enregistrer le nouvel utilisateur, il suffit de choisir dans
+le menu déroulant, dans la barre de titre, le département souhaité.
+
+<P>
+Pour valider les données introduites il faut cliquer sur le bouton
+Enregistrer au bas de la page, utilisez le bouton Annuler pour ne
+pas enregistrer les données, il vous renvoie aussitôt à la liste complète
+des utilisateurs.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
+ HREF="node3.html">Personnel</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html38"
+ HREF="node4.html">Privé</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
+ HREF="node5.html">Organisation</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Personnel</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Personnel">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011100000000000000">
+Personnel</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Nom<SPAN ID="hue92">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insérez le nom de l'utilisateur
+<BR>
+Prénom<SPAN ID="hue93">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Privé</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Privé">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011200000000000000">
+Privé</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Adresse</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insérez l'adresse privée et complète de l'utilisateur
+<BR>
+Téléphone</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Organisation</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Organisation">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011300000000000000">
+Organisation</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Société</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insérez le nom de la société dont fait partie l'utilisateur
+<BR>
+Département</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Modifier une entrée</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Modifier une entrée">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Modifier une entrée</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+La modification des entrées ne peut s'oppérer que sur des entrées
+créées via le carnet d'adresses.
+
+<P>
+Il suffit de cliquer sur 'Modifier une entrée' pour que l'interface
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">création d'une nouvelle entrée</SPAN> s'affiche. Les données de
+l'utilisateur sont alors modifiables.
+
+<P>
+Pour enregistrer les modifications, cliquez sur le bouton Enregistrer,
+pour sauvegarder sans les modifications, cliquez sur le bouton Annuler.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/node7.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/node7.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Supprimer une entrée</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Supprimer une entrée">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00013000000000000000">
+Supprimer une entrée</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+La suppression des entrées ne peut s'oppérer que sur des entrées créées
+via le carnet d'adresses.
+
+<P>
+Pour supprimer un utilisateur cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/node8.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/node8.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="addressbook">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="addressbook.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">CARNET D'ADRESSE</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/addressbook/ addressbook.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/save.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/save.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6a9adc1
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/save.png differ
index 0000000..6a9adc1
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/save.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/search.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/addressbook/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
+couldn't convert character inodot into available encodings
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/applications.css b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/applications.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue25 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue75 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue76 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue77 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/applications.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/applications.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION DES APPLICATIONS</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION DES APPLICATIONS">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES APPLICATIONS</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Applications</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations </A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Informations</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Script</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/index.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION DES APPLICATIONS</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION DES APPLICATIONS">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES APPLICATIONS</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Applications</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations </A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Informations</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Script</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/list_new_app.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/list_new_app.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b7fa9d3
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/list_new_app.png differ
index 0000000..b7fa9d3
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/list_new_app.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Applications</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Applications">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Applications</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut installer et configurer une application à partir
+du bouton <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue25">Applications</SPAN></SPAN> dans le menu de
+gauche dans la partie <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administration</SPAN>. La page <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Configuration
+des applications</SPAN> s'affiche.
+
+<P>
+La page est divisée en deux colonnes :
+
+<P>
+- la première colonne est destinée à afficher la liste des applications,
+
+<P>
+- la deuxième colonne contient les icônes qui sont les actions que
+l'on peut executer sur l'application.
+
+<P>
+Les flêches en entête ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> ) servent à modifier l'affichage
+selon le département. Ces icônes prédominent sur toutes autres formes
+de séléction d'affichage.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+C'est à partir de la page <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Configurations des applications</SPAN>
+que l'administrateur gère la liste des applications installée pour
+le personnel de la société.
+
+<P>
+Il est possible de modifier l'affichage de la liste des applications
+en utilisant le tableau intitulé Filtres <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket">.
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut faire une recherche sur le nom :
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur l'astérisque pour voir apparaître toutes les applications;
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur une lettre et tous les noms d'applications débutant
+par cette lettre s'afficheront;
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur un numéro et tous les noms d'applications débutant par
+ce numéro s'afficheront;
+
+<P>
+- recherche rapide <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search"> : remplissez le
+champ par le nom d'une application et ensuite cliquez sur le bouton
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">Appliquer</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+Pour configurer une application, l'administrateur doit cliquer sur
+le bouton <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_new_app.png"
+ ALT="Image list_new_app">.
+
+<P>
+Apparaît l'espace de configuration contenant trois onglets : informations
+générales, options et références.
+
+<P>
+Pour enregistrer la configuration, cliquez sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Terminé</SPAN>,
+pour revenir à la page précédente cliquez sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Annuler</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations </A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node3.html">Informations</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="node4.html">Options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html24"
+ HREF="node5.html">Script</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html25"
+ HREF="node6.html">Options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html26"
+ HREF="node7.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations </TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations ">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Informations </A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
+ HREF="node3.html">Informations</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html38"
+ HREF="node4.html">Options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
+ HREF="node5.html">Script</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011100000000000000">
+Informations</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Nom de l'application<SPAN ID="hue75">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Indiquez le nom de l'application.
+<BR>
+Nom à afficher<SPAN ID="hue76">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Options</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Options">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011200000000000000">
+Options</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Exécutable uniquement par les membres
+
+<P>
+Cochez si vous désirez que l'application soit exécutée uniquement
+par les membres d'un même groupe.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Remplacer la configuration de l'utilisateur au démarrage
+
+<P>
+Réinstaller la configuration par défaut de l'application à chaque
+démarrage.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Placer une icône sur le bureau des membres
+
+<P>
+Cochez si vous désirez faire apparaître l'icône sur le bureau des
+membres.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Placer une entrée dans le menu démarrage des membres
+
+<P>
+Créer une entrée pour l'application dans le menu démarrage.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Script</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Script">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011300000000000000">
+Script</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Options</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Options">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Options</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Variable</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Nom de la variable
+<BR>
+Valeur par défaut</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+Utilisez le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimez</SPAN> pour effacer une variable.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/node7.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/node7.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Références</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Références">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00013000000000000000">
+Références</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Les références résument les relations existantes entre objets.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/node8.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/node8.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="applications">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="applications.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES APPLICATIONS</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/applications/ applications.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/search.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/applications/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
+couldn't convert character inodot into available encodings
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/blocklists.css b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/blocklists.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue25 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue44 { color: #000000; }
+#hue58 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/blocklists.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/blocklists.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION DES LISTES ROUGES DE FAX</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION DES LISTES ROUGES DE FAX">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="blocklists">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="blocklists.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES LISTES ROUGES DE FAX</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Liste Rouge des Fax</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Numéros bloqués</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/index.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION DES LISTES ROUGES DE FAX</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION DES LISTES ROUGES DE FAX">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="blocklists">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="blocklists.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES LISTES ROUGES DE FAX</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Liste Rouge des Fax</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Numéros bloqués</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/list_new_blocklist.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/list_new_blocklist.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..971867e
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/list_new_blocklist.png differ
index 0000000..971867e
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/list_new_blocklist.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Liste Rouge des Fax</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Liste Rouge des Fax">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="blocklists">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="blocklists.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Liste Rouge des Fax</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut configurer une liste rouge à partir du bouton
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue25">Liste Rouge des Fax</SPAN></SPAN> dans le menu de gauche
+dans la partie <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administration</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+La page <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Configuration des listes rouges</SPAN> s'affiche. La page
+est divisée en deux colonnes :
+
+<P>
+- la première colonne est destinée à afficher les listes rouges,
+
+<P>
+- la deuxième colonne contient les icônes qui sont les actions que
+l'on peut executer sur ces listes.
+
+<P>
+Les flêches en entête ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> ) servent à modifier l'affichage
+selon le département. Ces icônes prédominent sur toutes autres formes
+de séléction d'affichage.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+C'est à partir de la page <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Configurations des listes rouges</SPAN>
+que l'administrateur gère les listes rouges des fax instaurées dans
+la société.
+
+<P>
+Il est possible de modifier l'affichage des listes en utilisant le
+tableau intitulé Filtres <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket">.
+
+<P>
+A partir de ce tableau l'administrateur peut faire une recherche sur
+le nom :
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur l'astérisque (étoile : *) pour voir apparaître toutes
+les listes;
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur une lettre et tous les noms des listes débutant par
+cette lettre s'afficheront;
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur un numéro et tous les noms des listes débutant par ce
+numéro s'afficheront;
+
+<P>
+- recherche rapide <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search"> : remplissez le
+champ par le nom d'une liste rouge et ensuite cliquez sur le bouton
+Appliquer.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+Pour créer et configurer les listes rouges des fax, l'administrateur
+doit cliquer sur le bouton <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_new_blocklist.png"
+ ALT="Image list_new_blocklist">.
+
+<P>
+Apparaît l'espace de configuration.
+
+<P>
+Pour enregistrer la configuration, cliquez sur le bouton Terminé,
+pour revenir à la page précédente cliquez sur le bouton Annuler.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node3.html">Numéros bloqués</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations générales</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations générales">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="blocklists">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="blocklists.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Informations générales</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142><SPAN ID="hue44">Nom de la liste</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue58">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insérez le nom de la liste rouge des fax
+<BR>
+Base</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Numéros bloqués</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Numéros bloqués">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="blocklists">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="blocklists.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Numéros bloqués</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur doit insérer dans le champ inférieur les numéros
+de fax qui seront liés à la nouvelle liste rouge créee. Utilisez les
+boutons <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN> et <SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimer</SPAN> pour la gestion de ces
+numéros.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="blocklists">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="blocklists.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES LISTES ROUGES DE FAX</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/blocklists/ blocklists.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/search.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/blocklists/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
+couldn't convert character inodot into available encodings
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/conference.css b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/conference.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue25 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue48 { color: #000000; }
+#hue72 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue73 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue74 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue75 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue76 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/conference.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/conference.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION DES CONFERENCES TELEPHONIQUES</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION DES CONFERENCES TELEPHONIQUES">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="conference">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="conference.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES CONFERENCES TELEPHONIQUES</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Conférences téléphoniques</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Propriétés</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Options</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/conference.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/conference.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1c38f81
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/conference.png differ
index 0000000..1c38f81
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/conference.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/index.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION DES CONFERENCES TELEPHONIQUES</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION DES CONFERENCES TELEPHONIQUES">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="conference">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="conference.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES CONFERENCES TELEPHONIQUES</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Conférences téléphoniques</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Propriétés</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Options</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Conférences téléphoniques</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Conférences téléphoniques">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="conference">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="conference.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Conférences téléphoniques</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut configurer les phone conferences à partir du
+bouton <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue25">Conférences téléphoniques</SPAN></SPAN> dans le
+menu de gauche dans la partie <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administration</SPAN>. La page <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Gestion
+des conférences</SPAN> s'affiche.
+
+<P>
+La page est divisée en quatre colonnes :
+
+<P>
+- la première colonne est destinée à afficher les noms ou numéros
+de conférence,
+
+<P>
+- la deuxième colonne affiche le nom du propriétaire de la conférence,
+
+<P>
+- la troisième indique si il existe un code PIN pour la conférence,
+
+<P>
+- la dernière colonne contient les icônes qui sont les actions que
+l'on peut executer sur ces conférences.
+
+<P>
+Les flêches en entête ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> ) servent à modifier l'affichage
+selon le département. Ces icônes prédominent sur toutes autres formes
+de séléction d'affichage.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+C'est à partir de la page <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Gestion des conférences</SPAN> que l'administrateur
+gère les conférences téléphoniques organisées dans la société.
+
+<P>
+Il est possible de modifier l'affichage des noms ou des numéros en
+utilisant le tableau intitulé Filtres <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket">.
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut faire une recherche sur le nom :
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur l'astérisque (étoile : *) pour voir apparaître tous
+les noms et numéros;
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur une lettre et tous les noms des conférences téléphoniques
+débutant par cette lettre s'afficheront;
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur un numéro et tous les numéros des conférences téléponiques
+débutant par ce numéro s'afficheront;
+
+<P>
+- recherche rapide <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search"> : remplissez le
+champ par le nom ou le numéro d'une conférence téléphonique et ensuite
+cliquez sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Appliquer</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+Pour créer et configurer une conférence téléphonique, l'administrateur
+doit cliquer sur le bouton <IMG
+ WIDTH="48" HEIGHT="48" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./conference.png"
+ ALT="Image conference">.
+
+<P>
+Apparaît l'espace de configuration.
+
+<P>
+Pour enregistrer la configuration, cliquez sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Terminé</SPAN>,
+pour revenir à la page précédente cliquez sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Annuler</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node3.html">Propriétés</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node4.html">Options</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node5.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations générales</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations générales">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="conference">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="conference.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Informations générales</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
+ HREF="node3.html">Propriétés</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
+ HREF="node4.html">Options</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Propriétés</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Propriétés">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="conference">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="conference.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011100000000000000">
+Propriétés</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142><SPAN ID="hue48">Nom de la conférence</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue72">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le nom de la conférence
+<BR>
+Type<SPAN ID="hue73">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Options</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Options">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="conference">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="conference.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011200000000000000">
+Options</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Code PIN présélectionné
+
+<P>
+Cochez si vous désirez qu'un code PIN prédéfini soit utilisé pour
+cette conférence.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Enregistrer la conférence
+
+<P>
+Cochez si vous désirez enregistrer la conférence.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Musique d'attente
+
+<P>
+Cochez si vous désirez activer la musique d'attente.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Activer le menu de session
+
+<P>
+Cochez si vous désirez activer le menu de session.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Annoncer les nouveaux utilisateurs et ceux qui quittent
+
+<P>
+Cochez si vous désirez qu'une annonce soit faite lorsque un participant
+rejoint ou quitte la conférence.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Compter les utilisateurs
+
+<P>
+Cochez si vous désirez compter les participants.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Références</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Références">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="conference">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="conference.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Références</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Les références résument les relations existantes entre objets.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="conference">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="conference.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES CONFERENCES TELEPHONIQUES</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/conference/ conference.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/search.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/conference/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
+couldn't convert character inodot into available encodings
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/departments.css b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/departments.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+DIV.flushleft { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue25 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue69 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue70 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue71 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/departments.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/departments.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION DES DEPARTEMENTS</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION DES DEPARTEMENTS">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES DEPARTEMENTS</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Départements</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Propriétés</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Lieu</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/index.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION DES DEPARTEMENTS</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION DES DEPARTEMENTS">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES DEPARTEMENTS</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Départements</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Propriétés</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Lieu</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/list_new_department.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/list_new_department.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..35e5b4c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/list_new_department.png differ
index 0000000..35e5b4c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/list_new_department.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Départements</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Départements">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Départements</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut créer ou modifier un département ou accéder
+aux informations sur un département en utilisant le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue25">départements</SPAN></SPAN>
+de la partie <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administrateur</SPAN> dans le menu de gauche. La page
+<SPAN CLASS="textsf">Configuration des départements</SPAN> s'affiche.
+
+<P>
+La page est divisée en deux colonnes :
+
+<P>
+- la première colonne est destinée à afficher les noms de départements,
+
+<P>
+- la deuxième colonne contient des icônes qui sont les actions à executer
+sur un département.
+
+<P>
+Les flêches en entête ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">
+, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> ) servent à modifier l'affichage
+selon le département. Elles prédominent sur toutes autres formes de
+séléction d'affichage.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+C'est à partir de la page <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Configuration des départements</SPAN>
+que l'administrateur gère la liste des départements crées pour la
+société.
+
+<P>
+Il est possible de modifier l'affichage des départements en utilisant
+le tableau intitulé <SPAN CLASS="textit">Filtres</SPAN> <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket">.
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut y faire une recherche sur le nom :
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur l'astérisque (étoile) pour voir aparaître tous les départements,
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur une lettre, et tous les noms de départements commençant
+par cette lettre s'afficheront,
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur un numéro, et tous les noms de départements commençant
+par ce numéro s'afficheront,
+
+<P>
+- recherche rapide <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search"> : remplissez le
+champ avec un nom de département, ensuite cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+Pour créer un département, l'administrateur doit cliquer sur le bouton
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_new_department.png"
+ ALT="Image list_new_department"> .
+
+<P>
+Apparaît alors l'espace de configuration des départements avec l'onglet
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">informations générales</SPAN> et l'onglet <SPAN CLASS="textit">Références</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+Pour enregistrer la configuration cliquer sur le bouton Terminé, pour
+revenir à la page précédente cliquer sur le bouton Annuler.
+
+<P>
+Tous les champs précédés d'une astérisque doivent être remplis obligatoirement.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node3.html">Propriétés</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node4.html">Lieu</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node5.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations générales</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations générales">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Informations générales</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
+ HREF="node3.html">Propriétés</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
+ HREF="node4.html">Lieu</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Propriétés</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Propriétés">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011100000000000000">
+Propriétés</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Nom du département<SPAN ID="hue69">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le nom du département.
+<BR>
+Description<SPAN ID="hue70">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Lieu</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Lieu">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011200000000000000">
+Lieu</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Dans le cas d'une société possédant plusieurs départements sur des
+sites séparés.
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Département</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le nom du département
+<BR>
+Lieu</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Références</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Références">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Références</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Les références résument les relations existantes entre objets.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES DEPARTEMENTS</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/departments/ departments.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/search.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/departments/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/faxreports/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/faxreports/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/faxreports/faxreports.css b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/faxreports/faxreports.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/faxreports/faxreports.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/faxreports/faxreports.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>RAPPORTS DES FAX</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="RAPPORTS DES FAX">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="faxreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="faxreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">RAPPORTS DES FAX</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Rapports des Fax</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/faxreports/index.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/faxreports/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>RAPPORTS DES FAX</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="RAPPORTS DES FAX">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="faxreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="faxreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">RAPPORTS DES FAX</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Rapports des Fax</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/faxreports/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/faxreports/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/faxreports/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/faxreports/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Rapports des Fax</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Rapports des Fax">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="faxreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="faxreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Rapports des Fax</A>
+</H1>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/faxreports/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/faxreports/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="faxreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="faxreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">RAPPORTS DES FAX</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/faxreports/ faxreports.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/fonreports/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/fonreports/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/fonreports/fonreports.css b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/fonreports/fonreports.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/fonreports/fonreports.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/fonreports/fonreports.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>RAPPORTS TELEPHONIQUES</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="RAPPORTS TELEPHONIQUES">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="fonreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="fonreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">RAPPORTS TELEPHONIQUES</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Rapports des téléphones</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/fonreports/index.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/fonreports/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>RAPPORTS TELEPHONIQUES</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="RAPPORTS TELEPHONIQUES">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="fonreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="fonreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">RAPPORTS TELEPHONIQUES</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Rapports des téléphones</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/fonreports/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/fonreports/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/fonreports/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/fonreports/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Rapports des téléphones</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Rapports des téléphones">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="fonreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="fonreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Rapports des téléphones</A>
+</H1>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/fonreports/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/fonreports/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="fonreports">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="fonreports.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">RAPPORTS TELEPHONIQUES</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/fonreports/ fonreports.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
+couldn't convert character inodot into available encodings
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/groups.css b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/groups.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue100 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue102 { color: #000000; }
+#hue104 { color: #000000; }
+#hue131 { color: #000000; }
+#hue134 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue135 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue137 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue25 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue28 { color: #000000; }
+#hue30 { color: #000000; }
+#hue32 { color: #000000; }
+#hue34 { color: #000000; }
+#hue36 { color: #000000; }
+#hue43 { color: #000000; }
+#hue92 { color: #000000; }
+#hue94 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue96 { color: #000000; }
+#hue98 { color: #000000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/groups.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/groups.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION DES GROUPES</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION DES GROUPES">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES GROUPES</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Groupes</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Environnement</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Profiles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Kiosk profile</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Logon scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Attach share</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Hotplug devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">Imprimante</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">Applications</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="node11.html">Mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html14"
+ HREF="node12.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="node13.html">Adresses alternatives</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node14.html">Répertoire partagé IMAP</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node15.html">Transférer les messages vers un membre n'appartenant pas au groupe</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node16.html">ACL</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node17.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node18.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/index.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION DES GROUPES</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION DES GROUPES">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES GROUPES</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Groupes</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Environnement</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Profiles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Kiosk profile</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Logon scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Attach share</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Hotplug devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">Imprimante</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">Applications</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="node11.html">Mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html14"
+ HREF="node12.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="node13.html">Adresses alternatives</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node14.html">Répertoire partagé IMAP</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node15.html">Transférer les messages vers un membre n'appartenant pas au groupe</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node16.html">ACL</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node17.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node18.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/list_new_group.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/list_new_group.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..95f99c0
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/list_new_group.png differ
index 0000000..95f99c0
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/list_new_group.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Groupes</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Groupes">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Groupes</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut créer ou modifier un groupe ou accéder aux informations
+sur un groupe à partir du bouton <SPAN ID="hue25">Groupe</SPAN> dans le
+menu de gauche dans <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administration</SPAN>. La page <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue28">Administration
+des groupes</SPAN></SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue30">s'affiche. </SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue32">La page est divisée en trois colonnes : </SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue34">-La première colonne est destinée à afficher la
+liste des groupes ou des départements, </SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue36">-les deux dernières colonnes contiennent des icônes.
+Elles représentent les raccourcis vers les propriétés du groupe et
+les actions à exécuter sur le groupe.</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue131">-Les flèches en entête ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home">
+) servent à modifier l'affichage selon le département, elles prédominent
+sur toutes autres formes de sélection d'affichage.</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+C'est à partir de la page <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue43">Administration
+du groupe</SPAN></SPAN> que l'administrateur gère la liste des groupes de la société.
+
+<P>
+Comme pour les utilisateurs, il est possible de modifier l'affichage
+des groupes en utilisant le tableau intitulé Filtres <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket">.
+L'administrateur peut faire une recherche nominative et/ou sur les
+propriétés du groupe :
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Pour la recherche sur les noms :
+
+<P>
+- cliquer sur l'astérisque (ou étoile : *) pour voir apparaître
+tous les groupes;
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur une lettre et tous les groupes commençant par cette
+lettre seront affichés;
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur un numéro, les groupes ayant un nom débutant par le
+numéro choisi s'afficheront.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Pour la recherche à partir des propriétés du groupe il suffit :
+
+<P>
+- de cocher une ou plusieurs propositions;
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Pour la recherche d'un nom à partir d'une lettre :
+
+<P>
+- remplir le premier champ avec une lettre suivi de l'astérisque,
+cliquer sur le bouton Appliquer, tous les noms débutant par cettre
+lettre seront affichés,
+
+<P>
+- remplir le deuxième champ avec une lettre suivi de l'astérisque,
+cliquer sur le bouton Appliquer, tous les noms contenant cette lettre
+seront affichés.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Pour créer un groupe l'administrateur doit cliquer sur le bouton <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_new_group.png"
+ ALT="Image list_new_group">.
+
+<P>
+Apparaît alors l'espace de configuration. L'administrateur configure
+les extensions pour chaque groupe.
+
+<P>
+A chaque extension configurée, pour enregistrer les modifications,
+cliquer sur le bouton Terminé et pour revenir à la page précédente
+cliquer sur le bouton Annuler.
+
+<P>
+Tous les champs précédés d'une astérisque doivent être remplis obligatoirement.
+
+<P>
+En haut à droite une série d'information vous est donnée : le nom
+du groupe sur lequel vous êtes occupé, et sa place dans l'arbre LDAP.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html31"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html32"
+ HREF="node3.html">Environnement</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
+ HREF="node4.html">Profiles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
+ HREF="node5.html">Kiosk profile</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
+ HREF="node6.html">Logon scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
+ HREF="node7.html">Attach share</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
+ HREF="node8.html">Hotplug devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html38"
+ HREF="node9.html">Imprimante</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
+ HREF="node10.html">Applications</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html40"
+ HREF="node11.html">Mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html41"
+ HREF="node12.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html42"
+ HREF="node13.html">Adresses alternatives</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html43"
+ HREF="node14.html">Répertoire partagé IMAP</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html44"
+ HREF="node15.html">Transférer les messages vers un membre n'appartenant pas au groupe</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html45"
+ HREF="node16.html">ACL</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html46"
+ HREF="node17.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node10.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node10.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Applications</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Applications">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00013000000000000000">
+Applications</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Pour activer l'extension Applications cliquez sur <SPAN CLASS="textit">Créer des
+applications</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur dispose de la liste des applications dans la colonne
+Applications disponibles. Il peut attribuer une ou plusieurs applications
+à un groupe. Il suffit de cliquer sur le nom d'une application celle
+ci apparaît dans la colonne Applications utilisées.
+
+<P>
+A l'aide du bouton Séparateur l'administrateur peut séparer de manière
+visuelle une application par rapport aux autres.
+
+<P>
+Pour terminer cliquer sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Terminer</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node11.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node11.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Mail</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Mail">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00014000000000000000">
+Mail</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Pour activer un compte mail cliquez sur <SPAN CLASS="textit">Créer un compte</SPAN> <SPAN CLASS="textit">de
+messagerie</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html151"
+ HREF="node12.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html152"
+ HREF="node13.html">Adresses alternatives</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html153"
+ HREF="node14.html">Répertoire partagé IMAP</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html154"
+ HREF="node15.html">Transférer les messages vers un membre n'appartenant pas au groupe</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node12.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node12.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations générales</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations générales">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014100000000000000">
+Informations générales</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Adresse principale<SPAN ID="hue137">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283><SPAN ID="hue92">Introduisez l'adresse principale du groupe</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue94"></SPAN>
+<BR>
+Serveur</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node13.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node13.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Adresses alternatives</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Adresses alternatives">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014200000000000000">
+Adresses alternatives</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Le mail peut être redirigé vers une ou plusieurs autres adresses.
+Ces adresses sont des alias à insérer dans Adresses alternatives.
+
+<P>
+Utilisez les boutons <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN> ou <SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimer</SPAN> pour gérer
+les alias.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node14.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node14.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Répertoire partagé IMAP</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Répertoire partagé IMAP">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014300000000000000">
+Répertoire partagé IMAP</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Permission par défaut</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Faites votre sélection dans la liste déroulante du type d'accès par
+défaut au dossier IMAP
+<BR>
+Permission des membres</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node15.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node15.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Transférer les messages vers un membre n'appartenant pas au groupe</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Transférer les messages vers un membre n'appartenant pas au groupe">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014400000000000000">
+Transférer les messages vers un membre n'appartenant pas au groupe</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Des utilisateurs peuvent recevoir les messages d'un groupe sans pour
+autant en être membre. Il suffit d'insérer les adresses de ces utilisateurs
+dans le champ qui précède les boutons <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN>, <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter
+en local</SPAN> et <SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimer</SPAN>. Le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter en local</SPAN> renvoie
+aux adresses déjà enregistrées dans GOsa.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node16.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node16.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ACL</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ACL">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00015000000000000000">
+ACL</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Cette partie permet à l'administrateur de configurer les droits d'accès
+de l'utilisateur ou du groupe aux différentes parties de GOsa.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node17.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node17.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Références</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Références">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00016000000000000000">
+Références</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Les références résument les relations existantes entre objets.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node18.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node18.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES GROUPES</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/groups/ groups.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations générales</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations générales">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Informations générales</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Nom du groupe<SPAN ID="hue134">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le nom du groupe
+<BR>
+Description</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+</LI>
+<LI>Forcer le GID : Forcer le groupe à utiliser le numéro inscrit dans
+le champ.
+</LI>
+<LI>Groupe / Domaine Samba : Met les membres dans un groupe et un domaine
+samba
+</LI>
+<LI>Groupe téléphonique : Met les membres dans un groupe téléphonique
+</LI>
+<LI>Groupe Nagios : Met les membres dans un groupe nagios
+</LI>
+</UL>
+L'administrateur insère les membres du personnel devant faire partie
+de ce groupe. Il suffit d'utiliser le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN> qui renvoie
+à la liste des utilisateurs. L'administrateur doit sélectionner les
+futurs membres du groupe. Pour enlever un membre, utiliser le bouton
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimer</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Environnement</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Environnement">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Environnement</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Pour activer l'extension Environnement cliquer sur <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter
+l'extension environnement</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html67"
+ HREF="node4.html">Profiles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html68"
+ HREF="node5.html">Kiosk profile</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html69"
+ HREF="node6.html">Logon scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html70"
+ HREF="node7.html">Attach share</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html71"
+ HREF="node8.html">Hotplug devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html72"
+ HREF="node9.html">Imprimante</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Profiles</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Profiles">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012100000000000000">
+Profiles</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Kiosk profile</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Kiosk profile">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012200000000000000">
+Kiosk profile</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Logon scripts</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Logon scripts">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012300000000000000">
+Logon scripts</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node7.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node7.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Attach share</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Attach share">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012400000000000000">
+Attach share</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node8.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node8.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Hotplug devices</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Hotplug devices">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012500000000000000">
+Hotplug devices</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node9.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/node9.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Imprimante</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Imprimante">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012600000000000000">
+Imprimante</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/groups/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ldapmanager/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ldapmanager/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ldapmanager/index.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ldapmanager/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>GERER LDAP</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="GERER LDAP">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ldapmanager">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ldapmanager.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">GERER LDAP</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">GERER LDAP</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ldapmanager/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ldapmanager/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ldapmanager/ldapmanager.css b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ldapmanager/ldapmanager.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ldapmanager/ldapmanager.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ldapmanager/ldapmanager.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>GERER LDAP</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="GERER LDAP">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ldapmanager">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ldapmanager.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">GERER LDAP</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">GERER LDAP</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ldapmanager/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ldapmanager/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>GERER LDAP</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="GERER LDAP">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ldapmanager">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ldapmanager.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+GERER LDAP</A>
+</H1>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ldapmanager/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ldapmanager/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ldapmanager">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ldapmanager.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">GERER LDAP</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/ldapmanager/ ldapmanager.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/logview/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/logview/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/logview/index.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/logview/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>LOGS SYSTEMES</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="LOGS SYSTEMES">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="logview">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="logview.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">LOGS SYSTEMES</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Logs systèmes</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/logview/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/logview/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/logview/logview.css b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/logview/logview.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/logview/logview.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/logview/logview.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>LOGS SYSTEMES</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="LOGS SYSTEMES">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="logview">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="logview.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">LOGS SYSTEMES</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Logs systèmes</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/logview/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/logview/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Logs systèmes</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Logs systèmes">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="logview">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="logview.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Logs systèmes</A>
+</H1>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/logview/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/logview/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="logview">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="logview.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">LOGS SYSTEMES</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/logview/ logview.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
+couldn't convert character inodot into available encodings
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/index.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION DES MACROS TELEPHONIQUES</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION DES MACROS TELEPHONIQUES">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="macro">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="macro.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES MACROS TELEPHONIQUES</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Phone macros</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Paramètres</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/list_new_macro.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/list_new_macro.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f2a6581
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/list_new_macro.png differ
index 0000000..f2a6581
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/list_new_macro.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/macro.css b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/macro.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue25 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue47 { color: #000000; }
+#hue51 { color: #000000; }
+#hue67 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue68 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue69 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/macro.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/macro.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION DES MACROS TELEPHONIQUES</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION DES MACROS TELEPHONIQUES">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="macro">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="macro.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES MACROS TELEPHONIQUES</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Phone macros</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Paramètres</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Phone macros</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Phone macros">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="macro">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="macro.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Phone macros</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut configurer les phone macros à partir du bouton
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue25">Phone macros</SPAN></SPAN> dans le menu de gauche dans
+la partie <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administration</SPAN>. La page <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Phone macro management</SPAN>
+s'affiche.
+
+<P>
+La page est divisée en trois colonnes :
+
+<P>
+- la première colonne est destinée à afficher les noms des macros
+téléphoniques,
+
+<P>
+- la deuxième colonne indique si la macro est visible ou non par l'utilisateur,
+
+<P>
+- la troisième colonne contient les icônes qui sont les actions que
+l'on peut executer sur ces macros téléphoniques.
+
+<P>
+Les flêches en entête ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> ) servent à modifier l'affichage
+selon le département. Ces icônes prédominent sur toutes autres formes
+de séléction d'affichage.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+C'est à partir de la page <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Phone macro management</SPAN> que l'administrateur
+gère les phone macros instaurées dans la société.
+
+<P>
+Il est possible de modifier l'affichage des phone macros en utilisant
+le tableau intitulé Filtres <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket">.
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut faire une recherche sur le nom :
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur l'astérisque (étoile : *) pour voir apparaître toutes
+les macros téléphoniques;
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur une lettre et tous les noms des macros téléphoniques
+débutant par cette lettre s'afficheront;
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur un numéro et tous les noms des macros téléphoniques
+débutant par ce numéro s'afficheront;
+
+<P>
+- recherche rapide <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search"> : remplissez le
+champ par le nom de la macro et ensuite cliquez sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Appliquer</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+Pour créer et configurer une macro téléphonique, l'administrateur
+doit cliquer sur le bouton <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_new_macro.png"
+ ALT="Image list_new_macro">.
+
+<P>
+Apparaît l'espace de configuration.
+
+<P>
+Pour enregistrer la configuration, cliquez sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Terminé</SPAN>,
+pour revenir à la page précédente cliquez sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Annuler</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node3.html">Paramètres</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node4.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations générales</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations générales">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="macro">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="macro.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Informations générales</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142><SPAN ID="hue47">Nom de la macro</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue67">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le nom de la macro
+<BR>
+<SPAN ID="hue51">Nom à afficher</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue68">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Paramètres</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Paramètres">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="macro">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="macro.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Paramètres</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Références</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Références">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="macro">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="macro.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00013000000000000000">
+Références</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Les références résument les relations existantes entre objets.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="macro">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="macro.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES MACROS TELEPHONIQUES</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/macro/ macro.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/search.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/macro/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
+couldn't convert character inodot into available encodings
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/index.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ogroups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ogroups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Groupes d'objets</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/list_new_ogroup.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/list_new_ogroup.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..318715a
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/list_new_ogroup.png differ
index 0000000..318715a
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/list_new_ogroup.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Groupes d'objets</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Groupes d'objets">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ogroups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ogroups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Groupes d'objets</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+Un Groupe d'objets est un groupe hétérogène. C'est la possibilité
+qu'a l'administrateur de créer des combinaisons d'objets de nature
+différente dans un même groupe pour répondre à la problématique d'une
+situation donnée. C'est ce qu'on appelle le Groupe d'objets. Cela
+permet une gestion plus souple et plus appropriée que la création
+de groupes classiques.
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut ajouter et configurer les Groupes d'objets à
+partir du bouton <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue25">Groupes d'objets</SPAN></SPAN> dans
+le menu de gauche dans la partie <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administration</SPAN>. La page
+<SPAN CLASS="textsf">Groupes d'objets</SPAN> s'affiche.
+
+<P>
+La page est divisée en trois colonnes :
+
+<P>
+- la première colonne est destinée à afficher les noms des Groupes
+d'objets,
+
+<P>
+- la deuxième colonne contient les icônes qui sont des raccourcis
+vers les propriétés des Groupes d'objets,
+
+<P>
+- la troisième colonne contient les icônes qui sont les actions que
+l'on peut exécuter sur les Groupes d'objets.
+
+<P>
+Les flêches en entête ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> ) servent à modifier l'affichage
+selon le département. Ces icônes prédominent sur toutes autres formes
+de séléction d'affichage.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+C'est à partir de la page <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Groupes d'objets</SPAN> que l'administrateur
+gère les Groupes d'objets créés pour la société.
+
+<P>
+Il est possible de modifier l'affichage de la liste des Groupes en
+utilisant le tableau intitulé Filtres <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket">.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>L'administrateur peut faire une recherche sur le nom :
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur l'astérisque (étoile : *) pour voir apparaître tous
+les noms de Groupes d'objets;
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur une lettre et tous les noms de Groupes d'objets débutant
+par cette lettre s'afficheront;
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur un numéro et tous les noms des Groupes d'objets débutant
+par ce numéro s'afficheront.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>L'administrateur peut faire une recherche à partir des propriétés
+du Groupe d'objets :
+
+<P>
+- cochez une ou plusieurs propositions
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Ou encore la recherche rapide <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search"> : remplissez
+le champ par le nom du Groupes d'objets recherché et ensuite cliquez
+sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Appliquer</SPAN>.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+Pour créer, configurer ou modifier un Groupe d'objets, l'administrateur
+doit cliquer sur le bouton <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_new_ogroup.png"
+ ALT="Image list_new_ogroup">.
+
+<P>
+Tous les champs précédés d'une astérisque doivent être remplis obligatoirement.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node3.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations générales</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations générales">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ogroups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ogroups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Informations générales</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Nom du groupe<SPAN ID="hue61">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le nom du groupe à créer
+<BR>
+Description</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Références</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Références">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ogroups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ogroups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Références</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Les références résument les relations existantes entre objets.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ogroups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ogroups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/ogroups/ ogroups.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/ogroups.css b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/ogroups.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue25 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue51 { color: #000000; }
+#hue61 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue62 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/ogroups.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/ogroups.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ogroups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ogroups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Groupes d'objets</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/search.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/ogroups/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
+couldn't convert character inodot into available encodings
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/index.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION DES SYSTEMES</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION DES SYSTEMES">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES SYSTEMES</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Systèmes</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Configurer un terminal</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Propriétés</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Périphériques</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Clavier</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">Souris</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">Matériel téléphonique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="node11.html">Carte graphique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html14"
+ HREF="node12.html">Ecran</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="node13.html">Bureau distant</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node14.html">Imprimante</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node15.html">Scanner</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node16.html">Démarrage</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node17.html">Paramètre de démarrage</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node18.html">Modules du kernel (format : nom paramètre)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node19.html">Partages</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node20.html">Imprimante</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="node21.html">Général</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html24"
+ HREF="node22.html">Détails</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html25"
+ HREF="node23.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html26"
+ HREF="node24.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html27"
+ HREF="node25.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html28"
+ HREF="node26.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html29"
+ HREF="node27.html">Configurer une station de travail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html30"
+ HREF="node28.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html31"
+ HREF="node29.html">Propriétés</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html32"
+ HREF="node30.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
+ HREF="node31.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
+ HREF="node32.html">Périphériques</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
+ HREF="node33.html">Clavier</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
+ HREF="node34.html">Souris</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
+ HREF="node35.html">Matériel téléphonique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html38"
+ HREF="node36.html">Carte graphique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
+ HREF="node37.html">Ecran</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html40"
+ HREF="node38.html">Scanner</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html41"
+ HREF="node39.html">Démarrage</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html42"
+ HREF="node40.html">Paramètre de démarrage</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html43"
+ HREF="node41.html">Serveur FAI</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html44"
+ HREF="node42.html">Liste des classes FAI utilisées</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html45"
+ HREF="node43.html">Modules du kernel (format : nom paramètre)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html46"
+ HREF="node44.html">Partages</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html47"
+ HREF="node45.html">Imprimante</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html48"
+ HREF="node46.html">Général</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html49"
+ HREF="node47.html">Détails</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html50"
+ HREF="node48.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html51"
+ HREF="node49.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html52"
+ HREF="node50.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html53"
+ HREF="node51.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html54"
+ HREF="node52.html">Configurer un serveur</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html55"
+ HREF="node53.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html56"
+ HREF="node54.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html57"
+ HREF="node55.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html58"
+ HREF="node56.html">Databases</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html59"
+ HREF="node57.html">Services</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html60"
+ HREF="node58.html">Freigabe bearbeiten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html61"
+ HREF="node59.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html62"
+ HREF="node60.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html63"
+ HREF="node61.html">Configurer une imprimante</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html64"
+ HREF="node62.html">Informations</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html65"
+ HREF="node63.html">Général</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html66"
+ HREF="node64.html">Détails</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html67"
+ HREF="node65.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html68"
+ HREF="node66.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html69"
+ HREF="node67.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html70"
+ HREF="node68.html">Configurer un téléphone</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html71"
+ HREF="node69.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html72"
+ HREF="node70.html">Configuration avancée du téléphone</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html73"
+ HREF="node71.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html74"
+ HREF="node72.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html75"
+ HREF="node73.html">Configuration d'un composant</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html76"
+ HREF="node74.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html77"
+ HREF="node75.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html78"
+ HREF="node76.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html79"
+ HREF="node77.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Systèmes</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Systèmes">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Systèmes</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut ajouter et configurer les systèmes à partir
+du bouton <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue23">Systèmes</SPAN></SPAN> dans le menu de gauche
+dans la partie <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administration</SPAN>. La page <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Administration
+du système</SPAN> s'affiche.
+
+<P>
+La page est divisée en deux colonnes :
+
+<P>
+- la première colonne est destinée à afficher les systèmes,
+
+<P>
+- la deuxième colonne contient les icônes qui sont les actions que
+l'on peut exécuter sur ces systèmes.
+
+<P>
+Les flêches en entête ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> ) servent à modifier l'affichage
+selon le département. Ces icônes prédominent sur toutes autres formes
+de séléction d'affichage.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+C'est à partir de la page <SPAN CLASS="textsf">Administration du système</SPAN> que l'administrateur
+gère les systèmes.
+
+<P>
+Il est possible de modifier l'affichage des systèmes en utilisant
+le tableau intitulé Filtres <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket">.
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut faire une recherche sur le nom :
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur l'astérisque (étoile : *) pour voir apparaître tous
+les systèmes;
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur une lettre et tous les noms de systèmes débutant par
+cette lettre s'afficheront;
+
+<P>
+- cliquez sur un numéro et tous les noms de systèmes débutant par
+ce numéro s'afficheront.
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut faire une recherche à partir du type de système
+:
+
+<P>
+- cochez une ou plusieurs propositions
+
+<P>
+Ou encore la recherche rapide <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search"> : remplissez
+le champ par le nom du système et ensuite cliquez sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Appliquer</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+Pour sélectionner un système à configurer, l'administrateur doit cliquer
+selon les systèmes sur les boutons suivant:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_new_terminal.png"
+ ALT="Image select_new_terminal"> pour ouvrir, créer ou
+configurer un terminal,
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_new_workstation.png"
+ ALT="Image select_new_workstation"> pour ouvrir, créer
+ou configurer une station de travail,
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_new_server.png"
+ ALT="Image select_new_server"> pour ouvrir, créer ou
+configurer un serveur,
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_new_printer.png"
+ ALT="Image select_new_printer"> pour ouvrir, créer ou
+configurer une imprimante,
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_new_phone.png"
+ ALT="Image select_new_phone"> pour ouvrir, créer ou configurer
+un poste de téléphone,
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_new_component.png"
+ ALT="Image select_new_component"> pour ouvrir, créer
+ou configurer un composant réseau.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Apparaît l'espace de configuration pour ces systèmes.
+
+<P>
+Pour enregistrer la configuration, cliquez sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Terminé</SPAN>,
+pour revenir à la page précédente cliquez sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Annuler</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html90"
+ HREF="node2.html">Configurer un terminal</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html91"
+ HREF="node3.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html92"
+ HREF="node4.html">Propriétés</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html93"
+ HREF="node5.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html94"
+ HREF="node6.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html95"
+ HREF="node7.html">Périphériques</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html96"
+ HREF="node8.html">Clavier</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html97"
+ HREF="node9.html">Souris</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html98"
+ HREF="node10.html">Matériel téléphonique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html99"
+ HREF="node11.html">Carte graphique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html100"
+ HREF="node12.html">Ecran</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html101"
+ HREF="node13.html">Bureau distant</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html102"
+ HREF="node14.html">Imprimante</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html103"
+ HREF="node15.html">Scanner</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html104"
+ HREF="node16.html">Démarrage</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html105"
+ HREF="node17.html">Paramètre de démarrage</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html106"
+ HREF="node18.html">Modules du kernel (format : nom paramètre)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html107"
+ HREF="node19.html">Partages</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html108"
+ HREF="node20.html">Imprimante</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html109"
+ HREF="node21.html">Général</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html110"
+ HREF="node22.html">Détails</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html111"
+ HREF="node23.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html112"
+ HREF="node24.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html113"
+ HREF="node25.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html114"
+ HREF="node26.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html115"
+ HREF="node27.html">Configurer une station de travail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html116"
+ HREF="node28.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html117"
+ HREF="node29.html">Propriétés</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html118"
+ HREF="node30.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html119"
+ HREF="node31.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html120"
+ HREF="node32.html">Périphériques</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html121"
+ HREF="node33.html">Clavier</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html122"
+ HREF="node34.html">Souris</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html123"
+ HREF="node35.html">Matériel téléphonique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html124"
+ HREF="node36.html">Carte graphique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html125"
+ HREF="node37.html">Ecran</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html126"
+ HREF="node38.html">Scanner</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html127"
+ HREF="node39.html">Démarrage</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html128"
+ HREF="node40.html">Paramètre de démarrage</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html129"
+ HREF="node41.html">Serveur FAI</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html130"
+ HREF="node42.html">Liste des classes FAI utilisées</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html131"
+ HREF="node43.html">Modules du kernel (format : nom paramètre)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html132"
+ HREF="node44.html">Partages</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html133"
+ HREF="node45.html">Imprimante</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html134"
+ HREF="node46.html">Général</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html135"
+ HREF="node47.html">Détails</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html136"
+ HREF="node48.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html137"
+ HREF="node49.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html138"
+ HREF="node50.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html139"
+ HREF="node51.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html140"
+ HREF="node52.html">Configurer un serveur</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html141"
+ HREF="node53.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html142"
+ HREF="node54.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html143"
+ HREF="node55.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html144"
+ HREF="node56.html">Databases</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html145"
+ HREF="node57.html">Services</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html146"
+ HREF="node58.html">Freigabe bearbeiten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html147"
+ HREF="node59.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html148"
+ HREF="node60.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html149"
+ HREF="node61.html">Configurer une imprimante</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html150"
+ HREF="node62.html">Informations</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html151"
+ HREF="node63.html">Général</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html152"
+ HREF="node64.html">Détails</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html153"
+ HREF="node65.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html154"
+ HREF="node66.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html155"
+ HREF="node67.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html156"
+ HREF="node68.html">Configurer un téléphone</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html157"
+ HREF="node69.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html158"
+ HREF="node70.html">Configuration avancée du téléphone</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html159"
+ HREF="node71.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html160"
+ HREF="node72.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html161"
+ HREF="node73.html">Configuration d'un composant</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html162"
+ HREF="node74.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html163"
+ HREF="node75.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html164"
+ HREF="node76.html">Références</A>
+</UL></UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node10.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node10.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Matériel téléphonique</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Matériel téléphonique">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011800000000000000">
+Matériel téléphonique</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Précisez de quel type de téléphone il s'agit.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node11.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node11.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Carte graphique</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Carte graphique">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011900000000000000">
+Carte graphique</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Pilote</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Sélectionner le pilote de la carte graphique
+<BR>
+Résolution</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node12.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node12.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Ecran</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Ecran">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111000000000000000">
+Ecran</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=198>Type</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=227>
+<BR>
+Fréquence de synchronisation Horizontale</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node13.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node13.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Bureau distant</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Bureau distant">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111100000000000000">
+Bureau distant</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Méthode de connexion</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Sélectionnez le protocole utilisé dans la liste déroulante
+<BR>
+Serveur de terminaux</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node14.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node14.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Imprimante</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Imprimante">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111200000000000000">
+Imprimante</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=170>Fournir un service d'impression</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=255>Cochez pour indiquer si le terminal peut imprimer
+<BR>
+Serveur de file d'attente</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node15.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node15.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Scanner</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Scanner">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111300000000000000">
+Scanner</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=170>Fournir un service de scanner</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=255>Cochez pour indiquer si le terminal peut scanner
+<BR>
+Modèle</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node16.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node16.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Démarrage</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Démarrage">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111400000000000000">
+Démarrage</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node17.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node17.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Paramètre de démarrage</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Paramètre de démarrage">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111500000000000000">
+Paramètre de démarrage</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Serveur LDAP</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Sélectionnez le serveur ldap correspondant dans la liste déroulante
+<BR>
+Kernel utilisé au démarrage</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Cochez pour sélectionnez le mode de démarrage, par défaut le mode
+graphique est activé.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node18.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node18.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Modules du kernel (format : nom paramètre)</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Modules du kernel (format : nom paramètre)">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111600000000000000">
+Modules du kernel (format : nom paramètre)</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Introduisez le nom du module à charger au démarrage suivi de ses paramètres,
+ensuite cliquez sur <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN>. Utilisez le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimer</SPAN>
+après avoir sélectionné le module.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node19.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node19.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Partages</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Partages">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111700000000000000">
+Partages</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Utilisez le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimer</SPAN> après avoir sélectionné le partage.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configurer un terminal</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configurer un terminal">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Configurer un terminal</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html175"
+ HREF="node3.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html176"
+ HREF="node4.html">Propriétés</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html177"
+ HREF="node5.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html178"
+ HREF="node6.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html179"
+ HREF="node7.html">Périphériques</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html180"
+ HREF="node8.html">Clavier</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html181"
+ HREF="node9.html">Souris</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html182"
+ HREF="node10.html">Matériel téléphonique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html183"
+ HREF="node11.html">Carte graphique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html184"
+ HREF="node12.html">Ecran</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html185"
+ HREF="node13.html">Bureau distant</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html186"
+ HREF="node14.html">Imprimante</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html187"
+ HREF="node15.html">Scanner</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html188"
+ HREF="node16.html">Démarrage</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html189"
+ HREF="node17.html">Paramètre de démarrage</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html190"
+ HREF="node18.html">Modules du kernel (format : nom paramètre)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html191"
+ HREF="node19.html">Partages</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html192"
+ HREF="node20.html">Imprimante</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html193"
+ HREF="node21.html">Général</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html194"
+ HREF="node22.html">Détails</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html195"
+ HREF="node23.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html196"
+ HREF="node24.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html197"
+ HREF="node25.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html198"
+ HREF="node26.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node20.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node20.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Imprimante</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Imprimante">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111800000000000000">
+Imprimante</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node21.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node21.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Général</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Général">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000111900000000000000">
+Général</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Nom de l'imprimante<SPAN ID="hue522">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le nom de l'imprimante
+<BR>
+Description</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node22.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node22.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Détails</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Détails">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000112000000000000000">
+Détails</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=198>
+<DIV ALIGN="LEFT">
+Localisation de l'imprimante</DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="LEFT">
+</DIV></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=227>Indiquez le lieu où se trouve physiquement l'imprimante
+<BR>
+URL de l'imprimante</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Editer</SPAN> permet de télécharger un pilote d'imprimante
+depuis votre arborescence. Utilisez le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimer</SPAN> pour
+effacer le pilote choisi.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node23.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node23.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Permissions</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Permissions">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000112100000000000000">
+Permissions</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut donner la permission à un utilisateur ou à un
+groupe d'utiliser et/ou d'administrer une imprimante.
+
+<P>
+Le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter un utilisateur</SPAN> renvoie à la liste des utilisateurs
+et le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter un groupe</SPAN> renvoie à la liste des groupes.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node24.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node24.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configuration réseau</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configuration réseau">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000112200000000000000">
+Configuration réseau</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Adresse IP</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez l'adresse IP de l'imprimante
+<BR>
+Adresse MAC</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node25.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node25.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Information</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Information">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000112300000000000000">
+Information</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Cet onglet donne un compte rendu de l'état du système.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node26.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node26.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Références</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Références">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000112400000000000000">
+Références</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Les références résument les relations existantes entre objets.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node27.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node27.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configurer une station de travail</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configurer une station de travail">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Configurer une station de travail</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html447"
+ HREF="node28.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html448"
+ HREF="node29.html">Propriétés</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html449"
+ HREF="node30.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html450"
+ HREF="node31.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html451"
+ HREF="node32.html">Périphériques</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html452"
+ HREF="node33.html">Clavier</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html453"
+ HREF="node34.html">Souris</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html454"
+ HREF="node35.html">Matériel téléphonique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html455"
+ HREF="node36.html">Carte graphique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html456"
+ HREF="node37.html">Ecran</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html457"
+ HREF="node38.html">Scanner</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html458"
+ HREF="node39.html">Démarrage</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html459"
+ HREF="node40.html">Paramètre de démarrage</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html460"
+ HREF="node41.html">Serveur FAI</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html461"
+ HREF="node42.html">Liste des classes FAI utilisées</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html462"
+ HREF="node43.html">Modules du kernel (format : nom paramètre)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html463"
+ HREF="node44.html">Partages</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html464"
+ HREF="node45.html">Imprimante</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html465"
+ HREF="node46.html">Général</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html466"
+ HREF="node47.html">Détails</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html467"
+ HREF="node48.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html468"
+ HREF="node49.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html469"
+ HREF="node50.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html470"
+ HREF="node51.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node28.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node28.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations générales</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations générales">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012100000000000000">
+Informations générales</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node29.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node29.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Propriétés</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Propriétés">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012200000000000000">
+Propriétés</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Modèle de station de travail</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+<BR>
+Base<SPAN ID="hue527">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations générales</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations générales">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011100000000000000">
+Informations générales</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node30.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node30.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configuration réseau</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configuration réseau">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012300000000000000">
+Configuration réseau</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Adresse IP</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Adresse IP de la station de travail
+<BR>
+Adresse MAC</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node31.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node31.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Action</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Action">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012400000000000000">
+Action</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Choisissez l'action à exécuter sur le poste de travail.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node32.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node32.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Périphériques</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Périphériques">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012500000000000000">
+Périphériques</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node33.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node33.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Clavier</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Clavier">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012600000000000000">
+Clavier</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Modèle</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Sélectionnez le modèle du clavier dans la liste déroulante
+<BR>
+Disposition</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node34.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node34.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Souris</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Souris">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012700000000000000">
+Souris</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Type</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Sélectionnez le modèle de la souris dans la liste déroulante
+<BR>
+Port</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node35.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node35.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Matériel téléphonique</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Matériel téléphonique">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012800000000000000">
+Matériel téléphonique</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Précisez de quel type de téléphone il s'agit.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node36.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node36.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Carte graphique</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Carte graphique">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012900000000000000">
+Carte graphique</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Pilote</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Sélectionner le pilote de la carte graphique
+<BR>
+Résolution</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node37.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node37.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Ecran</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Ecran">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121000000000000000">
+Ecran</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=198>Type</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=227>
+<BR>
+Fréquence de synchronisation Horizontale</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node38.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node38.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Scanner</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Scanner">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121100000000000000">
+Scanner</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=170>Fournir un service de scanner</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=255>Cochez pour indiquer si la station de travail peut scanner
+<BR></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node39.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node39.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Démarrage</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Démarrage">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121200000000000000">
+Démarrage</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Propriétés</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Propriétés">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011200000000000000">
+Propriétés</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Modèle de terminaux</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+<BR>
+Base<SPAN ID="hue511">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node40.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node40.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Paramètre de démarrage</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Paramètre de démarrage">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121300000000000000">
+Paramètre de démarrage</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Serveur LDAP</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Sélectionnez le serveur ldap correspondant dans la liste déroulante
+<BR>
+Kernel utilisé au démarrage</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Cochez pour sélectionnez le mode de démarrage, par défaut le mode
+graphique est activé.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node41.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node41.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Serveur FAI</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Serveur FAI">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121400000000000000">
+Serveur FAI</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Sélectionnez le serveur FAI dans la liste déroulante pour le démarrage
+initial de la station de travail.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node42.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node42.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Liste des classes FAI utilisées</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Liste des classes FAI utilisées">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121500000000000000">
+Liste des classes FAI utilisées</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Utilisez le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN> pour sélectionner la liste des classes
+FAI utilisées pour cette station de travail.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node43.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node43.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Modules du kernel (format : nom paramètre)</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Modules du kernel (format : nom paramètre)">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121600000000000000">
+Modules du kernel (format : nom paramètre)</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Introduisez le nom du module à charger au démarrage suivi de ses paramètres,
+ensuite cliquez sur <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN>. Utilisez le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimer</SPAN>
+après avoir sélectionné le module.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node44.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node44.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Partages</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Partages">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121700000000000000">
+Partages</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Utilisez le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimer</SPAN> après avoir sélectionné le partage.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node45.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node45.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Imprimante</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Imprimante">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121800000000000000">
+Imprimante</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node46.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node46.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Général</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Général">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000121900000000000000">
+Général</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Nom de l'imprimante<SPAN ID="hue536">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le nom de l'imprimante
+<BR>
+Description</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node47.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node47.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Détails</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Détails">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000122000000000000000">
+Détails</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=198>
+<DIV ALIGN="LEFT">
+Localisation de l'imprimante</DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="LEFT">
+</DIV></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=227>Indiquez le lieu où se trouve physiquement l'imprimante
+<BR>
+URL de l'imprimante</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Editer</SPAN> permet de télécharger un pilote d'imprimante
+depuis votre arborescence. Utilisez le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimer</SPAN> pour
+effacer le pilote choisi.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node48.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node48.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Permissions</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Permissions">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000122100000000000000">
+Permissions</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut donner la permission à un utilisateur ou à un
+groupe d'utiliser et/ou d'administrer une imprimante.
+
+<P>
+Le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter un utilisateur</SPAN> renvoie à la liste des utilisateurs
+et le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter un groupe</SPAN> renvoie à la liste des groupes.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node49.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node49.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configuration réseau</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configuration réseau">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000122200000000000000">
+Configuration réseau</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Adresse IP</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez l'adresse IP de l'imprimante
+<BR>
+Adresse MAC</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configuration réseau</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configuration réseau">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011300000000000000">
+Configuration réseau</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Adresse IP</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Adresse IP du terminal
+<BR>
+Adresse MAC</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node50.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node50.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Information</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Information">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000122300000000000000">
+Information</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Cet onglet donne un compte rendu de l'état du système.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node51.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node51.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Références</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Références">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION000122400000000000000">
+Références</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Les références résument les relations existantes entre objets.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node52.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node52.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configurer un serveur</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configurer un serveur">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00013000000000000000">
+Configurer un serveur</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html719"
+ HREF="node53.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html720"
+ HREF="node54.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html721"
+ HREF="node55.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html722"
+ HREF="node56.html">Databases</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html723"
+ HREF="node57.html">Services</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html724"
+ HREF="node58.html">Freigabe bearbeiten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html725"
+ HREF="node59.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html726"
+ HREF="node60.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node53.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node53.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations générales</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations générales">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013100000000000000">
+Informations générales</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142><SPAN ID="hue278">Nom du serveur</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue541">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le nom du serveur
+<BR>
+Base<SPAN ID="hue542">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node54.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node54.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configuration réseau</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configuration réseau">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013200000000000000">
+Configuration réseau</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Adresse IP</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez l'adresse IP du serveur
+<BR>
+Adresse MAC</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node55.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node55.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Action</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Action">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013300000000000000">
+Action</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Choisissez l'action à exécuter sur le serveur.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node56.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node56.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Databases</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Databases">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013400000000000000">
+Databases</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Ce point regroupe toutes les bases de données qui peuvent être associées
+à certaines fonctionnalités de GOsa.
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur à le choix entre :
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Accès kadmin Kerberos
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Realm Kerberos</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le realm Kerberos
+<BR>
+Administrateur</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Base de données des FAX
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Utilisateur</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le login du propriétaire de la base de données
+<BR>
+Mot de passe</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Administration d'Asterisk
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Utilisateur</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le login du propriétaire de la base de données
+<BR>
+Mot de passe</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Accès administrateur IMAP
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Nom du serveur</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le nom complet du serveur en notation internet (smtp.acme.com)
+<BR>
+URL de connexion</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Base de données des logs
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Utilisateur</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le login du propriétaire de la base de données
+<BR>
+Mot de passe</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node57.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node57.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Services</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Services">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013500000000000000">
+Services</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Exportation Nfs
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Utilisez le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN> pour pouvoir configurer les exports
+Nfs.
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node58.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node58.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Freigabe bearbeiten</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Freigabe bearbeiten">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013600000000000000">
+Freigabe bearbeiten</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Nom<SPAN ID="hue550">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le nom du partage
+<BR>
+Description</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P></P>
+Cliquez sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Enregistrer</SPAN> pour terminer la configuration
+du partage.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Services de temps
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Utilisez le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN> pour pouvoir introduire l'adresse
+du serveur de temps.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Service LDAP
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Cochez pour pouvoir introduire l'adresse du serveur ldap
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Services de terminaux
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Cochez pour indiquer que ce serveur est un serveur de terminaux.
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=198>Désactiver temporairement le login</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=227>Cochez pour empêcher les terminaux de se connecter temporairement
+<BR>
+Répertoire des polices de caractères</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Service de logs systèmes
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Cochez pour indiquer que le serveur comprend un service de logs systèmes.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Services d'impression
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Cochez pour indiquer que le serveur comprend un service d'impression.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Serveur de messagerie
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Cochez pour indiquer que le serveur comprend un service de messagerie.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node59.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node59.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Information</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Information">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013700000000000000">
+Information</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Cet onglet donne un compte rendu de l'état du système.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Action</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Action">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011400000000000000">
+Action</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Choisissez l'action à exécuter sur le terminal.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node60.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node60.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Références</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Références">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013800000000000000">
+Références</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Les références résument les relations existantes entre objets.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node61.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node61.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configurer une imprimante</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configurer une imprimante">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00014000000000000000">
+Configurer une imprimante</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html815"
+ HREF="node62.html">Informations</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html816"
+ HREF="node63.html">Général</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html817"
+ HREF="node64.html">Détails</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html818"
+ HREF="node65.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html819"
+ HREF="node66.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html820"
+ HREF="node67.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node62.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node62.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014100000000000000">
+Informations</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node63.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node63.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Général</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Général">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014200000000000000">
+Général</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Nom de l'imprimante<SPAN ID="hue553">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le nom de l'imprimante
+<BR>
+Description</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node64.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node64.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Détails</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Détails">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014300000000000000">
+Détails</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=198>
+<DIV ALIGN="LEFT">
+Localisation de l'imprimante</DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="LEFT">
+</DIV></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=227>Indiquez le lieu où se trouve physiquement l'imprimante
+<BR>
+URL de l'imprimante</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Editer</SPAN> permet de télécharger un pilote d'imprimante
+depuis votre arborescence. Utilisez le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimer</SPAN> pour
+effacer le pilote choisi.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node65.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node65.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Permissions</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Permissions">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014400000000000000">
+Permissions</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut donner la permission à un utilisateur ou à un
+groupe d'utiliser et/ou d'administrer une imprimante.
+
+<P>
+Le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter un utilisateur</SPAN> renvoie à la liste des utilisateurs
+et le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter un groupe</SPAN> renvoie à la liste des groupes.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node66.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node66.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configuration réseau</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configuration réseau">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014500000000000000">
+Configuration réseau</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Adresse IP</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez l'adresse IP de l'imprimante
+<BR>
+Adresse MAC</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node67.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node67.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Références</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Références">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014600000000000000">
+Références</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Les références résument les relations existantes entre objets.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node68.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node68.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configurer un téléphone</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configurer un téléphone">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00015000000000000000">
+Configurer un téléphone</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html889"
+ HREF="node69.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html890"
+ HREF="node70.html">Configuration avancée du téléphone</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html891"
+ HREF="node71.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html892"
+ HREF="node72.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node69.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node69.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations générales</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations générales">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015100000000000000">
+Informations générales</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Nom du téléphone<SPAN ID="hue558">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le nom du téléphone
+<BR>
+Base<SPAN ID="hue559">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node7.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node7.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Périphériques</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Périphériques">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011500000000000000">
+Périphériques</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node70.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node70.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configuration avancée du téléphone</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configuration avancée du téléphone">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015200000000000000">
+Configuration avancée du téléphone</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Type <SPAN ID="hue425">de téléphone</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue561">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Choisissez dans la liste déroulante le type du téléphone : SIP, IAX
+ou CAPI
+<BR></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Si SIP est sélectionné vous devez remplir les champs suivants :
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=170>Mode<SPAN ID="hue563">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=255>Choisissez dans la liste déroulante le mode de fonctionnement du téléphone
+<BR>
+Mode DTMF</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Si IAX est sélectionné vous devez remplir les champs suivants :
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=170><SPAN ID="hue448">Mode</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue565">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=255>Choisissez dans la liste déroulante le mode de fonctionnement du téléphone
+<BR>
+Adresse IP par défaut</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Si CAPI est sélectionné vous devez remplir le champ suivant :
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=113>MSN</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le numéro MSN de la ligne téléphonique
+<BR></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node71.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node71.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configuration réseau</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configuration réseau">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015300000000000000">
+Configuration réseau</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Adresse IP<SPAN ID="hue568">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez l'adresse IP du téléphone
+<BR>
+Adresse MAC<SPAN ID="hue569">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node72.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node72.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Références</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Références">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015400000000000000">
+Références</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Les références résument les relations existantes entre objets.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node73.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node73.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configuration d'un composant</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configuration d'un composant">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00016000000000000000">
+Configuration d'un composant</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html939"
+ HREF="node74.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html940"
+ HREF="node75.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html941"
+ HREF="node76.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node74.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node74.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations générales</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations générales">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00016100000000000000">
+Informations générales</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142><SPAN ID="hue487">Nom du périphérique</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue571">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insérez le nom du composant.
+<BR>
+Base<SPAN ID="hue572">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node75.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node75.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Configuration réseau</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Configuration réseau">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00016200000000000000">
+Configuration réseau</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Adresse IP<SPAN ID="hue574">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez l'adresse IP du composant
+<BR>
+Adresse MAC<SPAN ID="hue575">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node76.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node76.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Références</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Références">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00016300000000000000">
+Références</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Les références résument les relations existantes entre objets.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node77.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node77.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES SYSTEMES</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/systems/ systems.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node8.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node8.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Clavier</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Clavier">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011600000000000000">
+Clavier</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Modèle</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Sélectionnez le modèle du clavier dans la liste déroulante
+<BR>
+Disposition</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node9.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/node9.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Souris</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Souris">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011700000000000000">
+Souris</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Type</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Sélectionnez le modèle de la souris dans la liste déroulante
+<BR>
+Port</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/search.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_component.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_component.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d26a3ee
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_component.png differ
index 0000000..d26a3ee
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_component.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_phone.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_phone.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..45714d1
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_phone.png differ
index 0000000..45714d1
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_phone.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_printer.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_printer.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e4618fe
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_printer.png differ
index 0000000..e4618fe
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_printer.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_server.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_server.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..84f6570
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_server.png differ
index 0000000..84f6570
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_server.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_terminal.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_terminal.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a218480
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_terminal.png differ
index 0000000..a218480
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_terminal.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_workstation.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_workstation.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8b5d4f4
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_workstation.png differ
index 0000000..8b5d4f4
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/select_new_workstation.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/systems.css b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/systems.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+DIV.flushleft { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue23 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue278 { color: #000000; }
+#hue425 { color: #000000; }
+#hue448 { color: #000000; }
+#hue452 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue454 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue487 { color: #000000; }
+#hue511 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue522 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue523 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue527 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue536 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue537 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue541 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue542 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue550 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue553 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue554 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue558 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue559 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue561 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue563 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue565 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue568 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue569 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue571 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue572 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue574 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue575 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/systems.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/systems/systems.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION DES SYSTEMES</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION DES SYSTEMES">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="systems">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="systems.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES SYSTEMES</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Systèmes</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Configurer un terminal</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Propriétés</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Périphériques</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Clavier</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">Souris</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">Matériel téléphonique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="node11.html">Carte graphique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html14"
+ HREF="node12.html">Ecran</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="node13.html">Bureau distant</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node14.html">Imprimante</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node15.html">Scanner</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node16.html">Démarrage</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node17.html">Paramètre de démarrage</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node18.html">Modules du kernel (format : nom paramètre)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node19.html">Partages</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node20.html">Imprimante</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="node21.html">Général</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html24"
+ HREF="node22.html">Détails</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html25"
+ HREF="node23.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html26"
+ HREF="node24.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html27"
+ HREF="node25.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html28"
+ HREF="node26.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html29"
+ HREF="node27.html">Configurer une station de travail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html30"
+ HREF="node28.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html31"
+ HREF="node29.html">Propriétés</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html32"
+ HREF="node30.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
+ HREF="node31.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
+ HREF="node32.html">Périphériques</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
+ HREF="node33.html">Clavier</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
+ HREF="node34.html">Souris</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
+ HREF="node35.html">Matériel téléphonique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html38"
+ HREF="node36.html">Carte graphique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
+ HREF="node37.html">Ecran</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html40"
+ HREF="node38.html">Scanner</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html41"
+ HREF="node39.html">Démarrage</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html42"
+ HREF="node40.html">Paramètre de démarrage</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html43"
+ HREF="node41.html">Serveur FAI</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html44"
+ HREF="node42.html">Liste des classes FAI utilisées</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html45"
+ HREF="node43.html">Modules du kernel (format : nom paramètre)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html46"
+ HREF="node44.html">Partages</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html47"
+ HREF="node45.html">Imprimante</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html48"
+ HREF="node46.html">Général</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html49"
+ HREF="node47.html">Détails</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html50"
+ HREF="node48.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html51"
+ HREF="node49.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html52"
+ HREF="node50.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html53"
+ HREF="node51.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html54"
+ HREF="node52.html">Configurer un serveur</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html55"
+ HREF="node53.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html56"
+ HREF="node54.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html57"
+ HREF="node55.html">Action</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html58"
+ HREF="node56.html">Databases</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html59"
+ HREF="node57.html">Services</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html60"
+ HREF="node58.html">Freigabe bearbeiten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html61"
+ HREF="node59.html">Information</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html62"
+ HREF="node60.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html63"
+ HREF="node61.html">Configurer une imprimante</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html64"
+ HREF="node62.html">Informations</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html65"
+ HREF="node63.html">Général</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html66"
+ HREF="node64.html">Détails</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html67"
+ HREF="node65.html">Permissions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html68"
+ HREF="node66.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html69"
+ HREF="node67.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html70"
+ HREF="node68.html">Configurer un téléphone</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html71"
+ HREF="node69.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html72"
+ HREF="node70.html">Configuration avancée du téléphone</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html73"
+ HREF="node71.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html74"
+ HREF="node72.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html75"
+ HREF="node73.html">Configuration d'un composant</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html76"
+ HREF="node74.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html77"
+ HREF="node75.html">Configuration réseau</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html78"
+ HREF="node76.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html79"
+ HREF="node77.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
+couldn't convert character inodot into available encodings
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/closedlock.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/closedlock.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..04a05c1
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/closedlock.png differ
index 0000000..04a05c1
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/closedlock.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/index.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION DES UTILISATEURS</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION DES UTILISATEURS">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES UTILISATEURS</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Utilisateurs</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Informations personnelles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Informations sur l'entreprise</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Unix</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Appartient aux groupes</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Compte</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">Système de confiance</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">Environnement</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="node11.html">Profiles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html14"
+ HREF="node12.html">Kiosk profile</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="node13.html">Logon scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node14.html">Attach share</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node15.html">Hotplug devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node16.html">Imprimante</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node17.html">Mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node18.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node19.html">Alternative addresses</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node20.html">Options du compte de messagerie</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="node21.html">Options de messagerie avancées</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html24"
+ HREF="node22.html">Samba</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html25"
+ HREF="node23.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html26"
+ HREF="node24.html">Serveur de terminal</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html27"
+ HREF="node25.html">Options d'accès</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html28"
+ HREF="node26.html">Connectivité</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html29"
+ HREF="node32.html">Fax</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html30"
+ HREF="node33.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html31"
+ HREF="node34.html">Méthodes de distribution</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html32"
+ HREF="node35.html">Numéros de fax alternatif</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
+ HREF="node36.html">Listes rouges</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
+ HREF="node37.html">Téléphone</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
+ HREF="node38.html">Numéros de téléphone</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
+ HREF="node39.html">Matériel téléphonique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
+ HREF="node40.html">Phone macro</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html38"
+ HREF="node41.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
+ HREF="node42.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/list_new_user.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/list_new_user.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..34ee112
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/list_new_user.png differ
index 0000000..34ee112
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/list_new_user.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Utilisateurs</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Utilisateurs">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Utilisateurs</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut créer ou modifier un compte ou accéder aux informations
+sur un compte en cliquant sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue25">utilisateurs</SPAN></SPAN>
+de la partie <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Administration</SPAN> dans le menu à gauche. La page
+<SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue28">Administration des utilisateurs</SPAN></SPAN> s'affiche,
+elle est divisée en trois colonnes. Au fur et à mesure que les utilisateurs
+sont configurés ils apparaîtront dans la première colonne, classés
+selon leur département.
+
+<P>
+Les deux dernières colonnes comportent des icônes qui sont des raccourcis
+vers les propriétés de chaque utilisateur et les actions à exécuter
+sur l'utilisateur. Les flèches en entête ( <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home">
+) servent à modifier l'affichage selon le département, elles prédominent
+sur toutes autres sélections d'affichage.
+
+<P>
+C'est à partir de la page <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue33">Administration
+des utilisateurs</SPAN></SPAN> que l'administrateur système aura une vue globale
+et pourra gérer la liste des utilisateurs.
+
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue303">Dans la partie droite de la page se trouve un tableau
+intitulé Filtres <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket">. </SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN ID="hue38">Ce tableau sert à modifier l'affichage de la liste
+des utilisateurs :</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue40">- Cliquer sur une lettre pour que s'affichent tous
+les utilisateurs dont le nom commence par la lettre sélectionnée;</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue42">- Cliquez sur l'astérisque et tous les noms d'utilisateurs
+apparaîtront classés alphabétiquement.</SPAN>
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Plus bas d'autres possibilités d'affichage sont possibles :
+
+<P>
+- Cochez une ou plusieurs propositions pour un affichage ciblé;
+
+<P>
+- Insérez soit une lettre soit un numéro tous deux suivis de l'astérisque
+soit un nom d'utilisateur dans le champ précédé d'une loupe <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search">,
+cette icône symbolise la recherche d'un item. Cliquez sur le bouton
+Appliquer pour faire apparaître le(s) utilisateur(s) recherché(s).
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Pour créer un compte cliquez sur <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_new_user.png"
+ ALT="Image list_new_user">.
+Si le compte est déjà créé cliquez sur le compte lui-même.
+
+<P>
+Apparaît alors l'espace de configuration munie d'onglets qui représentent
+chacun un espace de configuration. Ces onglets sont des extensions
+apportées à GOsa. L'administrateur configure ces extensions pour chaque
+utilisateur.
+
+<P>
+Pour terminer la configuration, cliquez sur le bouton Terminé en bas
+à droite. Pour revenir à <SPAN ID="hue47">la liste des utilisateurs</SPAN>cliquez sur le bouton Annuler.
+<BR>
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+Tous les champs précédés d'une astérisque doivent être remplis obligatoirement.
+
+<P>
+Dans le haut à droite vous avez à la fois l'identitée de l'utilisateur
+sur lequel vous travaillez mais aussi sa place dans l'arbre LDAP.
+
+<P>
+L'image <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./closedlock.png"
+ ALT="Image closedlock"> signale que l'utilisateur
+est en mode verrouillé. Ce mode pemet d'éviter les modifications simultanées.
+
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html50"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html51"
+ HREF="node3.html">Informations personnelles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html52"
+ HREF="node4.html">Informations sur l'entreprise</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html53"
+ HREF="node5.html">Unix</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html54"
+ HREF="node6.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html55"
+ HREF="node7.html">Appartient aux groupes</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html56"
+ HREF="node8.html">Compte</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html57"
+ HREF="node9.html">Système de confiance</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html58"
+ HREF="node10.html">Environnement</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html59"
+ HREF="node11.html">Profiles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html60"
+ HREF="node12.html">Kiosk profile</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html61"
+ HREF="node13.html">Logon scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html62"
+ HREF="node14.html">Attach share</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html63"
+ HREF="node15.html">Hotplug devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html64"
+ HREF="node16.html">Imprimante</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html65"
+ HREF="node17.html">Mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html66"
+ HREF="node18.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html67"
+ HREF="node19.html">Alternative addresses</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html68"
+ HREF="node20.html">Options du compte de messagerie</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html69"
+ HREF="node21.html">Options de messagerie avancées</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html70"
+ HREF="node22.html">Samba</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html71"
+ HREF="node23.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html72"
+ HREF="node24.html">Serveur de terminal</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html73"
+ HREF="node25.html">Options d'accès</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html74"
+ HREF="node26.html">Connectivité</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html75"
+ HREF="node27.html">Compte Proxy</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html76"
+ HREF="node28.html">Compte FTP</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html77"
+ HREF="node29.html">Compte WebDAV</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html78"
+ HREF="node30.html">Compte PHPGroupware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html79"
+ HREF="node31.html">Compte Intranet </A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html80"
+ HREF="node32.html">Fax</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html81"
+ HREF="node33.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html82"
+ HREF="node34.html">Méthodes de distribution</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html83"
+ HREF="node35.html">Numéros de fax alternatif</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html84"
+ HREF="node36.html">Listes rouges</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html85"
+ HREF="node37.html">Téléphone</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html86"
+ HREF="node38.html">Numéros de téléphone</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html87"
+ HREF="node39.html">Matériel téléphonique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html88"
+ HREF="node40.html">Phone macro</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html89"
+ HREF="node41.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node10.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node10.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Environnement</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Environnement">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00013000000000000000">
+Environnement</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Cliquez sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">ajouter une extension environnemental</SPAN>
+pour voir apparaître les différents points destinés à la configuration
+environnementale de l'utilisateur.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html182"
+ HREF="node11.html">Profiles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html183"
+ HREF="node12.html">Kiosk profile</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html184"
+ HREF="node13.html">Logon scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html185"
+ HREF="node14.html">Attach share</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html186"
+ HREF="node15.html">Hotplug devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html187"
+ HREF="node16.html">Imprimante</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node11.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node11.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Profiles</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Profiles">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013100000000000000">
+Profiles</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node12.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node12.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Kiosk profile</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Kiosk profile">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013200000000000000">
+Kiosk profile</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node13.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node13.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Logon scripts</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Logon scripts">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013300000000000000">
+Logon scripts</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node14.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node14.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Attach share</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Attach share">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013400000000000000">
+Attach share</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node15.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node15.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Hotplug devices</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Hotplug devices">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013500000000000000">
+Hotplug devices</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node16.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node16.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Imprimante</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Imprimante">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013600000000000000">
+Imprimante</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node17.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node17.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Mail</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Mail">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00014000000000000000">
+Mail</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Le compte émail est lié au serveur de messagerie. Pour activer le
+compte de messagerie d'un utilisateur cliquez sur <SPAN CLASS="textit">Créer un
+compte émail</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html256"
+ HREF="node18.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html257"
+ HREF="node19.html">Alternative addresses</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html258"
+ HREF="node20.html">Options du compte de messagerie</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html259"
+ HREF="node21.html">Options de messagerie avancées</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node18.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node18.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations générales</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations générales">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014100000000000000">
+Informations générales</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Adresse principale<SPAN ID="hue313">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez l'adresse de messagerie de l'utilisateur
+<BR>
+Serveur</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node19.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node19.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Alternative addresses</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Alternative addresses">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014200000000000000">
+Alternative addresses</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+L'utilisateur peut être en possession d'alias. Ces alias sont à insérer
+dans le champ adresses alternatives.
+
+<P>
+Utilisez le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN> pour insérer les alias. L'alias
+doit être introduit dans le champ vide précédant le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN>.
+Utilisez le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimer</SPAN> pour effacer les alias.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations générales</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations générales">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Informations générales</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html100"
+ HREF="node3.html">Informations personnelles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html101"
+ HREF="node4.html">Informations sur l'entreprise</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node20.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node20.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Options du compte de messagerie</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Options du compte de messagerie">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014300000000000000">
+Options du compte de messagerie</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Gestion des options du compte de messagerie de l'utilisateur :
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Aucune distribution des messages dans la boite de l'utilisateur :
+envoie une copie à l'adresse mentionnée dans <SPAN CLASS="textit">transférer les
+messages vers</SPAN> , sans en mettre une copie dans la messagerie de l'utilisateur.
+</LI>
+<LI>Activer la notification d'absence : envoie le message écrit dans <SPAN CLASS="textit">message
+d'absence</SPAN>.
+</LI>
+<LI>Déplacer les messages ayant un niveau de spam supérieur à (a) vers
+le répertoire (b) : envoie les messages ayant un score supérieur à
+(a) dans le répertoire (b).
+</LI>
+<LI>Rejeter les messages plus gros que (c) MB : ne pas accepter les messages
+plus gros que (c) MB.
+</LI>
+<LI>Utilisez les boutons <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN> ou <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter en local</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue149">pour
+la gestion des adresses : </SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue151">- Le bouton</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue314"><SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter en
+local</SPAN></SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue155">permet de sélectionner parmis la liste des
+adresses locales. </SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue157">- Le bouton</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue315"><SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN></SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue161">permet
+l'ajout d'adresses extérieures au système.</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue163">- Utilisez le bouton</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue316"><SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimer</SPAN></SPAN><SPAN ID="hue167">pour effacer les adresses de messagerie.</SPAN>
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node21.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node21.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Options de messagerie avancées</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Options de messagerie avancées">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014400000000000000">
+Options de messagerie avancées</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Les utilisateurs ne sont autorisés qu'a envoyé et recevoir des emails
+locaux : l'administrateur peut forcer l'envoi et la reception des
+messages en local uniquement.
+</LI>
+<LI>Utiliser des scripts sieve personnalisés : l'administrateur peut écrire
+des scripts sieve qui établissent les règles de gestion de la messagerie.
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">Attention ! cela désactive toutes les options de messagerie</SPAN>.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node22.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node22.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Samba</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Samba">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00015000000000000000">
+Samba</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Pour créer un compte samba pour un utilisateur cliquez sur le bouton
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">Créer un compte samba</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html308"
+ HREF="node23.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html309"
+ HREF="node24.html">Serveur de terminal</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html310"
+ HREF="node25.html">Options d'accès</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node23.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node23.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations générales</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations générales">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015100000000000000">
+Informations générales</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Répertoire Home</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Indiquez le chemin du répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur en notation
+UNC ex: \\SERVER\homes\utilisateur.
+Choisissez dans la liste déroulante la lettre associée au répertoire
+personnel de l'utilisateur.
+<BR>
+Domaine</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node24.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node24.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Serveur de terminal</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Serveur de terminal">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015200000000000000">
+Serveur de terminal</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Permet la connexion sur un serveur de terminal
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Répertoire Home</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Indiquez le chemin du répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur en notation
+UNC ex: \\SERVER\homes\utilisateur.
+Choisissez dans la liste déroulante la lettre associée au répertoire
+personnel de l'utilisateur.
+<BR>
+Chemin du Profile</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Hérite de la configuration du client
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Programme initial</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Indiquez le chemin vers l'application par défaut
+<BR>
+Répertoire Home</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Configuration du temps d'attente (en minutes) :
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Connexion</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Cochez afin d'indiquer le temps d'attente maximum lors d'une connexion
+<BR>
+Déconnexion</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Périphériques clients :
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Connecter les lecteurs clients à l'identification</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Cochez afin de connecter les lecteurs de l'utilisateur lors de l'identification
+<BR>
+Connecter les imprimantes clients à l'identification</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Divers :
+
+<P>
+- Masquer : <SPAN ID="hue220">?</SPAN>
+<P>
+- Sur interrompu ou temps d'attente dépassé : permet de choisir si
+il faut déconnecter le client ou faire une remise à zéro.
+
+<P>
+- Reconnexion si déconnecté : permet de choisir si la reconnexion
+doit être faite depuis le même client, ou si elle peut être effectuée
+depuis un autre client.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node25.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node25.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Options d'accès</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Options d'accès">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015300000000000000">
+Options d'accès</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Il s'agit de la gestion du mot de passe de l'utilisateur. Différentes
+propositions peuvent être cochées à la fois mais l'administrateur
+doit veiller à rester cohérent pour éviter les conflits dans l'application
+de ses choix.
+</LI>
+<LI>Le champ à droite doit être rempli par les noms de stations à partir
+desquelles l'utilisateur peut se connecter. L'administrateur doit
+utiliser les boutons <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN> pour y insérer les noms de stations.
+Le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN> renvoie à la liste des stations. Utilisez
+le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimer</SPAN> pour effacer des stations.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node26.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node26.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Connectivité</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Connectivité">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00016000000000000000">
+Connectivité</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut affiner la gestion du compte de l'utilisateur
+en configurant les services supplémentaires auquel il peut se connecter.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><UL>
+<LI><UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html349"
+ HREF="node27.html">Compte Proxy</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html350"
+ HREF="node28.html">Compte FTP</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html351"
+ HREF="node29.html">Compte WebDAV</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html352"
+ HREF="node30.html">Compte PHPGroupware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html353"
+ HREF="node31.html">Compte Intranet </A>
+</UL></UL></UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node27.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node27.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Compte Proxy</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Compte Proxy">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H5><A NAME="SECTION00016001000000000000">
+Compte Proxy</A>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+Si vous activez l'option Proxy pour l'utilisateur vous pouvez filtrer
+sur le contenu, limité l'accès à certaines heures et restreindre le
+téléchargement.
+
+<P>
+
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node28.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node28.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Compte FTP</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Compte FTP">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H5><A NAME="SECTION00016002000000000000">
+Compte FTP</A>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+Si vous activez l'option FTP, vous pouvez régler la bande passante
+montante et descendante, le ratio des données et le quota à ne pas
+dépasser pour le transfert de fichiers . Vous pouvez aussi à partir
+de cet endroit désactiver le compte FTP.
+
+<P>
+
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node29.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node29.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Compte WebDAV</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Compte WebDAV">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H5><A NAME="SECTION00016003000000000000">
+Compte WebDAV</A>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+Si vous activez l'option WebDav, l'utilisateur aura accès au serveur
+WebDAV
+
+<P>
+
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations personnelles</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations personnelles">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011100000000000000">
+Informations personnelles</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Nom<SPAN ID="hue305">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le nom de l'utilisateur
+<BR>
+Prénom<SPAN ID="hue306">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+Vous pouvez aussi si vous le désirez agrémenter d'une photo le profil
+de l'utilisateur en cliquant sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">changer la photo</SPAN>.
+Vous parcourez alors l'arborescence de votre ordinateur pour aller
+chercher l'image.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node30.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node30.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Compte PHPGroupware</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Compte PHPGroupware">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H5><A NAME="SECTION00016004000000000000">
+Compte PHPGroupware</A>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+Si vous activez l'option PHPGroupware, l'utilisateur aura accès au
+logiciel PHPGroupware
+
+<P>
+
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node31.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node31.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Compte Intranet </TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Compte Intranet ">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H5><A NAME="SECTION00016005000000000000">
+Compte Intranet </A>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+Si vous activez l'option Intranet, l'utilisateur aura accès au serveur
+Intranet
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Compte PPTP</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+Si vous activez l'option PPTP, l'utilisateur aura accès au serveur
+PPTP
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Compte PHPScheduleIt</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+Si vous activez l'option PHPScheduleIt, l'utilisateur aura accès au
+logiciel PHPScheduleIt
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Compte GLPI</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+Si vous activez l'option GLPI, l'utilisateur aura accès au logiciel
+GLPI
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node32.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node32.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Fax</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Fax">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00017000000000000000">
+Fax</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Pour créer un compte Fax pour un utilisateur cliquez sur le bouton
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">Créer un compte Fax.</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html412"
+ HREF="node33.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html413"
+ HREF="node34.html">Méthodes de distribution</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html414"
+ HREF="node35.html">Numéros de fax alternatif</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html415"
+ HREF="node36.html">Listes rouges</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node33.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node33.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations générales</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations générales">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00017100000000000000">
+Informations générales</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Fax<SPAN ID="hue323">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Insérez le numéro de fax de l'utilisateur
+<BR>
+Langue</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node34.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node34.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Méthodes de distribution</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Méthodes de distribution">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00017200000000000000">
+Méthodes de distribution</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Desactiver temporairement l'utilisation du fax : interdit l'utilisation
+du fax par cet utilisateur.
+</LI>
+<LI>Délivrer les fax comme des mails : envoie les fax sous le format de
+distribution défini dans la messagerie de l'utilisateur
+</LI>
+<LI>Imprimer directement les fax : permet de sélectionner l'imprimante
+à laquelle envoyer les fax reçus par cet utilisateur
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node35.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node35.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Numéros de fax alternatif</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Numéros de fax alternatif">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00017300000000000000">
+Numéros de fax alternatif</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+L'administrateur peut compléter la configuration du fax par une série
+d'autres numéros de fax utilisés dans la société. Utilisez les boutons
+Ajouter, Ajouter en local pour remplir le champ.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter en local</SPAN> renvoie à la liste des numéros de
+fax.
+</LI>
+<LI>Le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN> permet d'insérer des numéros de fax autres
+que ceux de la liste.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Utilisez le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimer</SPAN> pour effacer des numéros de fax.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node36.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node36.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Listes rouges</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Listes rouges">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00017400000000000000">
+Listes rouges</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Le fax est aujourd'hui fréquemment utilisé pour distribuer des messages
+publicitaires. Certains peuvent être apparentés à des spams. Pour
+éviter que les utilisateurs soient submergés par ces messages, l'administrateur
+peut instaurer une liste rouge reprenant les numéros de fax indésirables
+qu'ils soient entrant ou sortant.
+
+<P>
+En cliquant sur le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Edit</SPAN> vous faites apparaître une page
+comprenant deux listes, du côté gauche on trouve les numéros refusés
+pour cet utilisateur, du côte droit on retrouve les listes rouges
+prédefinies par l'administrateur.
+
+<P>
+Selectionnez la ou les listes que vous désirez utiliser dans la liste
+de droite et cliquer sur <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter à la liste rouge</SPAN> pour l'activer.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node37.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node37.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Téléphone</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Téléphone">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00018000000000000000">
+Téléphone</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Pour activer le compte téléphone pour un utilisateur cliquez sur le
+bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Créer un compte téléphone</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html464"
+ HREF="node38.html">Numéros de téléphone</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html465"
+ HREF="node39.html">Matériel téléphonique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html466"
+ HREF="node40.html">Phone macro</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node38.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node38.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Numéros de téléphone</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Numéros de téléphone">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00018100000000000000">
+Numéros de téléphone</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Insérez le ou les numéro(s) de téléphone de l'utilisateur en utilisant
+le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node39.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node39.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Matériel téléphonique</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Matériel téléphonique">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00018200000000000000">
+Matériel téléphonique</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Téléphone</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Faites votre sélection dans la liste déroulante
+<BR>
+VoicemailPIN<SPAN ID="hue325">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations sur l'entreprise</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations sur l'entreprise">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011200000000000000">
+Informations sur l'entreprise</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+Entreprise</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+Introduisez le nom de la société
+<BR>
+Département</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node40.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node40.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Phone macro</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Phone macro">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00018300000000000000">
+Phone macro</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Permet de séléctionner une macro à mettre dans le téléphone de l'utilisateur.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node41.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node41.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Références</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Références">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00019000000000000000">
+Références</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Les références présentent les propriétés de l'utilisateur. Cela permet
+à l'administrateur d'avoir une information rapide sur la situation
+de l'utilisateur dans la société.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node42.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node42.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES UTILISATEURS</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/users/ users.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Unix</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Unix">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Unix</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Pour activer le compte Unix pour un utilisateur cliquez sur le bouton
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">créer un compte unix.</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html130"
+ HREF="node6.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html131"
+ HREF="node7.html">Appartient aux groupes</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html132"
+ HREF="node8.html">Compte</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html133"
+ HREF="node9.html">Système de confiance</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Informations générales</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Informations générales">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012100000000000000">
+Informations générales</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Répertoire home</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Introduisez le chemin vers le répertoire de l'utilisateur
+<BR>
+Shell</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node7.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node7.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Appartient aux groupes</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Appartient aux groupes">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012200000000000000">
+Appartient aux groupes</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Utilisez les boutons <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN> et <SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimer</SPAN> pour insérer
+ou effacer les groupes dans le champ vide. Le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN>
+renvoie à la liste des groupes crées par l'administrateur. L'utilisateur
+peut appartenir à un ou plusieurs groupes.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node8.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node8.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Compte</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Compte">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012300000000000000">
+Compte</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Il s'agit de la gestion du mot de passe de l'utilisateur. Différentes
+propositions peuvent être cochées à la fois mais l'administrateur
+doit veiller à rester cohérent pour éviter les conflits dans l'application
+de ses choix.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node9.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/node9.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Système de confiance</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Système de confiance">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012400000000000000">
+Système de confiance</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Le système de confiance sert à gèrer l'accès de l'utilisateur aux
+différents systèmes, phériphériques, etc... . Le système de confiance
+peut être en mode :
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>désactivé,
+</LI>
+<LI>accès complet : l'utilisateur à l'accès complet aux systèmes,
+</LI>
+<LI>permettre l'accès à ces hôtes :
+
+<P>
+- Utilisez le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Ajouter</SPAN> pour faire apparaître la liste
+des hôtes auxquels l'utilisateur pourrait avoir accès,
+
+<P>
+- Utilisez le bouton <SPAN CLASS="textit">Supprimer</SPAN> pour effacer les hôtes auxquels
+l'utilisateur n'a plus accès.
+
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/search.png b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/users.css b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/users.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue149 { color: #000000; }
+#hue151 { color: #000000; }
+#hue155 { color: #000000; }
+#hue157 { color: #000000; }
+#hue161 { color: #000000; }
+#hue163 { color: #000000; }
+#hue167 { color: #000000; }
+#hue204 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue220 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue25 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue28 { color: #000000; }
+#hue284 { color: #000000; }
+#hue286 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue290 { color: #000000; }
+#hue303 { color: #000000; }
+#hue305 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue306 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue307 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue313 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue314 { color: #000000; }
+#hue315 { color: #000000; }
+#hue316 { color: #000000; }
+#hue323 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue325 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue326 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue33 { color: #000000; }
+#hue38 { color: #000000; }
+#hue40 { color: #000000; }
+#hue42 { color: #000000; }
+#hue47 { color: #000000; }
+#hue63 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue65 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue67 { color: #000000; }
+#hue70 { color: #000000; }
+#hue72 { color: #000000; }
+#hue74 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue86 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue96 { color: #0000ff; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/users.html b/doc/guide/user/fr/html/users/users.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ADMINISTRATION DES UTILISATEURS</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="ADMINISTRATION DES UTILISATEURS">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ADMINISTRATION DES UTILISATEURS</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Utilisateurs</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Informations générales</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Informations personnelles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Informations sur l'entreprise</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Unix</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Appartient aux groupes</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Compte</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">Système de confiance</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">Environnement</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="node11.html">Profiles</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html14"
+ HREF="node12.html">Kiosk profile</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="node13.html">Logon scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node14.html">Attach share</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node15.html">Hotplug devices</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node16.html">Imprimante</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node17.html">Mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node18.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node19.html">Alternative addresses</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node20.html">Options du compte de messagerie</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="node21.html">Options de messagerie avancées</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html24"
+ HREF="node22.html">Samba</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html25"
+ HREF="node23.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html26"
+ HREF="node24.html">Serveur de terminal</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html27"
+ HREF="node25.html">Options d'accès</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html28"
+ HREF="node26.html">Connectivité</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html29"
+ HREF="node32.html">Fax</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html30"
+ HREF="node33.html">Informations générales</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html31"
+ HREF="node34.html">Méthodes de distribution</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html32"
+ HREF="node35.html">Numéros de fax alternatif</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
+ HREF="node36.html">Listes rouges</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
+ HREF="node37.html">Téléphone</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
+ HREF="node38.html">Numéros de téléphone</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
+ HREF="node39.html">Matériel téléphonique</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
+ HREF="node40.html">Phone macro</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html38"
+ HREF="node41.html">Références</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
+ HREF="node42.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/departments.css b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/departments.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue25 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue28 { color: #000000; }
+#hue42 { color: #000000; }
+#hue44 { color: #000000; }
+#hue52 { color: #000000; }
+#hue95 { color: #000000; }
+#hue97 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue98 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue99 { color: #ff0000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/departments.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/departments.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Afdelingen beheer</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Afdelingen beheer">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">Afdelingen beheer</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Afdelingen lijst</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Afdeling aanmaken</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Een bestaande afdeling bewerken</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Algemene informatie</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Algemeen</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Eigenschappen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Plaats</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Beheerders instellingen</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">Referenties</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/index.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Afdelingen beheer</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Afdelingen beheer">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">Afdelingen beheer</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Afdelingen lijst</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Afdeling aanmaken</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Een bestaande afdeling bewerken</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Algemene informatie</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Algemeen</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Eigenschappen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Plaats</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Beheerders instellingen</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">Referenties</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_new_department.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_new_department.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..35e5b4c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_new_department.png differ
index 0000000..35e5b4c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_new_department.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_reload.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_reload.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5c6a26d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_reload.png differ
index 0000000..5c6a26d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_reload.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Afdelingen lijst</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Afdelingen lijst">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Afdelingen lijst</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+De beheerder kan afdelingen aanmaken, veranderen of bekijken door
+op de <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue25">Afdelingen</SPAN></SPAN> knop in het <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Beheer</SPAN>
+menu aan de linkerkant te klikken. De <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue28">Afdelingen
+Beheer</SPAN></SPAN> pagina die getoond wordt, is het uitgangspunt voor alle afdeling
+beheertaken en is verdeeld in twee kolommen.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>De eerste kolom bevat de namen van de afdelingen (alfabetisch gesorteerd).
+</LI>
+<LI>De tweede kolom bevat knoppen voor de beschikbare acties (knippen,
+kopieren, bewerken, verwijderen)
+</LI>
+</UL>
+De knoppen (<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_reload.png"
+ ALT="Image list_reload">)
+dienen voor navigatie binnen de afdelingshierarchie:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root"> Helemaal naar boven (hoofd afdeling)
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back"> Een afdeling naar boven
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> Naar de basis van de afdeling
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_reload.png"
+ ALT="Image list_reload"> Huidige afdeling verversen
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Daarnaast is het mogelijk de weergave van afdelingen met behulp van
+filters te beinvloeden (<SPAN ID="hue42">met</SPAN> <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue44">Filters</SPAN></SPAN>
+<SPAN ID="hue95"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket"> aan de rechter
+zijde):</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Op namen zoeken:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Door op * (asterisk) te klikken worden alle afdelingen getoond
+</LI>
+<LI>Het klikken van een letter, laat alle afdelingen zien waarvan de naam
+met de betreffende letter begint
+</LI>
+<LI>Het klikken van een cijfer, laat alle afdelingen zien waarvan de naam
+met het betreffende cijfer begint
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN ID="hue52">Daarnaast kan de lijst met behulp van delen van
+namen en complexere reguliere expressies verder beperkt worden met
+behulp van</SPAN> het invoerveld achter het icoon <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search">.
+In dit veld kunt u cijfer en letter combinaties invoeren om de lijst
+verder te beperken. Om uw selectie door te voeren dient u op de knop
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">Filter toepassen</SPAN> te drukken.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="node2.html">Afdeling aanmaken</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html24"
+ HREF="node3.html">Een bestaande afdeling bewerken</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html25"
+ HREF="node4.html">Algemene informatie</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html26"
+ HREF="node5.html">Algemeen</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html27"
+ HREF="node6.html">Eigenschappen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html28"
+ HREF="node7.html">Plaats</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html29"
+ HREF="node8.html">Beheerders instellingen</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html30"
+ HREF="node9.html">Referenties</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node10.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node10.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">Afdelingen beheer</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/departments/ departments.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Afdeling aanmaken</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Afdeling aanmaken">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Afdeling aanmaken</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Om een nieuw afdeling aan te maken klikt u op de knop <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_new_department.png"
+ ALT="Image list_new_department">.
+Volg de instructies hieronder op die gegeven worden bij het bewerken
+van een afdeling.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html41"
+ HREF="node3.html">Een bestaande afdeling bewerken</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html42"
+ HREF="node4.html">Algemene informatie</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Een bestaande afdeling bewerken</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Een bestaande afdeling bewerken">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011100000000000000">
+Een bestaande afdeling bewerken</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Klik binnen de afdelingen lijst op de naam van de te bewerken afdeling.
+De pagina die nu geladen wordt, bevat eigenschappen van de afdeling
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Algemene informatie</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Algemene informatie">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011200000000000000">
+Algemene informatie</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Om het bewerken van afdelingen (ook nieuwe afdelingen) af te sluiten
+en op te slaan, dient u op de knop Opslaan rechtsonder te drukken.
+Om de bewerkingen ongedaan te maken, drukt u op de knop annuleren,
+die u ook rechtsonder vindt.
+</LI>
+<LI>Alle invoervelden met een rode asterisk (*) zijn verplichte velden.
+Deze velden moeten persé ingevuld worden.
+</LI>
+<LI>In de rechter bovenhoek vindt u de volledige DN (unieke LDAP naam)
+van de afdeling die momenteel bewerkt wordt.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Algemeen</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Algemeen">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Algemeen</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html71"
+ HREF="node6.html">Eigenschappen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html72"
+ HREF="node7.html">Plaats</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html73"
+ HREF="node8.html">Beheerders instellingen</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Eigenschappen</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Eigenschappen">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012100000000000000">
+Eigenschappen</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Naam van de afdeling<SPAN ID="hue97">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De naam van de afdeling
+<BR>
+Omschrijving<SPAN ID="hue98">*</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node7.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node7.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Plaats</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Plaats">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012200000000000000">
+Plaats</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Provincie</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De provincie of het land waar de afdeling zich bevindt
+<BR>
+Plaats</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node8.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node8.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Beheerders instellingen</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Beheerders instellingen">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012300000000000000">
+Beheerders instellingen</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Markeer de afdeling als een onafhankelijke beheerbare eenheid:</SPAN>
+Hiermee kunt u opgeven dat toegangsrechten binnen GOsa binnen deze
+afdeling afzonderlijk geregeld worden. Zo kunt u beheerders per afdeling
+instellen indien gewenst.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node9.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/node9.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Referenties</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Referenties">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="departments">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="departments.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00013000000000000000">
+Referenties</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Onder referenties vindt u alle koppelingen die deze afdeling heeft
+met andere objecten binnen de LDAP database.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/search.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/departments/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/groups.css b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/groups.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue143 { color: #000000; }
+#hue145 { color: #000000; }
+#hue147 { color: #000000; }
+#hue149 { color: #000000; }
+#hue185 { color: #000000; }
+#hue187 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue188 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue192 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue25 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue28 { color: #000000; }
+#hue52 { color: #000000; }
+#hue54 { color: #000000; }
+#hue69 { color: #000000; }
+#hue87 { color: #000000; }
+#hue93 { color: #0000ff; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/groups.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/groups.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Groepen beheer</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Groepen beheer">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">Groepen beheer</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Groepenlijst</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Groep aanmaken</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Een bestaande groep bewerken</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Algemene informatie</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Omgeving</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Profielen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Kiosk profiel</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">Login scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">Shares</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="node11.html">Hotplug apparaten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html14"
+ HREF="node12.html">Printers</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="node13.html">Programma's</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node14.html">E-mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node15.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node16.html">Alternatieve adressen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node17.html">IMAP gedeelde mappen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node18.html">Stuur berichten door naar niet groepsleden</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node19.html">Rechten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node20.html">Referenties</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="node21.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/index.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Groepen beheer</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Groepen beheer">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">Groepen beheer</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Groepenlijst</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Groep aanmaken</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Een bestaande groep bewerken</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Algemene informatie</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Omgeving</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Profielen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Kiosk profiel</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">Login scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">Shares</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="node11.html">Hotplug apparaten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html14"
+ HREF="node12.html">Printers</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="node13.html">Programma's</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node14.html">E-mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node15.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node16.html">Alternatieve adressen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node17.html">IMAP gedeelde mappen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node18.html">Stuur berichten door naar niet groepsleden</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node19.html">Rechten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node20.html">Referenties</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="node21.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_new_group.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_new_group.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..95f99c0
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_new_group.png differ
index 0000000..95f99c0
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_new_group.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_reload.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_reload.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5c6a26d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_reload.png differ
index 0000000..5c6a26d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_reload.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/mailto.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/mailto.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..92d602c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/mailto.png differ
index 0000000..92d602c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/mailto.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Groepenlijst</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Groepenlijst">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Groepenlijst</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+De beheerder kan groep informatie aanmaken, veranderen of bekijken
+door op de <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue25">Groepen</SPAN></SPAN> knop in het <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Beheer</SPAN>
+menu aan de linkerkant te klikken. De <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue28">Groepen
+Beheer</SPAN></SPAN> pagina die getoond wordt, is het uitgangspunt voor alle groep
+beheertaken en is verdeeld in drie kolommen.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>De eerste kolom bevat de namen van de groepen en de afdelingen waarbinnen
+zij ingedeeld zijn (alfabetisch gesorteerd).
+</LI>
+<LI>De tweede kolom bevat knoppen voor snelle toegang tot verschillende
+groep eigenschappen van de groep (alleen beschikbaar indien de betreffende
+eigenschap geactiveerd is). Daarnaast dient deze kolom voor een snel
+overzicht van geactiveerde eigenschappen van de groep.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>De mogelijke iconen en hun betekenis:
+<BR><TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="CENTER">Icoon</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Betekenis</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="CENTER"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_groups.png"
+ ALT="Image select_groups"></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Groep beschikt over UNIX eigenschappen</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="CENTER"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./smallenv.png"
+ ALT="Image smallenv"></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Groep beschikt over Omgevings instellingen</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="CENTER"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./mailto.png"
+ ALT="Image mailto"></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Groep beschikt over een E-mail account</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="CENTER"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_winstation.png"
+ ALT="Image select_winstation"></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Groep beschikt over een Samba/Windows account</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="CENTER"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_application.png"
+ ALT="Image select_application"></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Groep beschikt over programma eigenschapppen</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+<LI>De derde kolom bevat knoppen voor de beschikbare acties (knippen,
+kopieren, bewerken, verwijderen)
+</LI>
+</UL>
+De knoppen (<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_reload.png"
+ ALT="Image list_reload">)
+dienen voor navigatie binnen de afdelingshierarchie:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root"> Helemaal naar boven (hoofd afdeling)
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back"> Een afdeling naar boven
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> Naar de basis van de groep
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_reload.png"
+ ALT="Image list_reload"> Huidige afdeling verversen
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Daarnaast is het mogelijk de weergave van groepen met behulp van filters
+te beinvloeden (<SPAN ID="hue52">met</SPAN> <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue54">Filters</SPAN></SPAN>
+<SPAN ID="hue185"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket"> aan de rechter
+zijde):</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Op namen zoeken:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Door op * (asterisk) te klikken worden alle groepen getoond
+</LI>
+<LI>Het klikken van een letter, laat alle groepen zien waarvan de naam
+met de betreffende letter begint
+</LI>
+<LI>Het klikken van een cijfer, laat alle groepen zien waarvan de naam
+met het betreffende cijfer begint
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+<LI>Verder zoekopties:
+<BR>(De volgende filters werken zodanig dat alleen groepen getoond worden,
+die over tenminste een van de geselecteerde opties beschikken; Standaard
+worden alle groepen getoond).
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Toon primaire groepen:</SPAN> Groepen waarvoor geldt dat tenminste
+één gebruiker de groep als primaire groep ingesteld heeft
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Toon Samba groepen:</SPAN> Groepen die over Samba/Windows mogelijkheden
+beschikken
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Toon programma groepen:</SPAN> Groepen die over programma mogelijkheden
+beschikken
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Toon E-mail gropen:</SPAN> Groepen die over E-mail mogelijkheden beschikken
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Toon functionele groepen:</SPAN> Groepen die alleen over functionele
+eigenschappen beschikken
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN ID="hue69">Daarnaast kan de lijst met behulp van delen van
+namen en complexere reguliere expressies verder beperkt worden met
+behulpt van</SPAN> het invoerveld achter het icoon <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search">.
+In dit veld kunt u cijfer en letter combinaties invoeren om de lijst
+verder te beperken. Om uw selectie door te voeren dient u op de knop
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">Filter toepassen</SPAN> te drukken.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
+ HREF="node2.html">Groep aanmaken</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
+ HREF="node3.html">Een bestaande groep bewerken</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
+ HREF="node4.html">Algemene informatie</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
+ HREF="node5.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html38"
+ HREF="node6.html">Omgeving</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
+ HREF="node7.html">Profielen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html40"
+ HREF="node8.html">Kiosk profiel</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html41"
+ HREF="node9.html">Login scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html42"
+ HREF="node10.html">Shares</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html43"
+ HREF="node11.html">Hotplug apparaten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html44"
+ HREF="node12.html">Printers</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html45"
+ HREF="node13.html">Programma's</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html46"
+ HREF="node14.html">E-mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html47"
+ HREF="node15.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html48"
+ HREF="node16.html">Alternatieve adressen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html49"
+ HREF="node17.html">IMAP gedeelde mappen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html50"
+ HREF="node18.html">Stuur berichten door naar niet groepsleden</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html51"
+ HREF="node19.html">Rechten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html52"
+ HREF="node20.html">Referenties</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node10.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node10.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Shares</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Shares">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013400000000000000">
+Shares</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node11.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node11.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Hotplug apparaten</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Hotplug apparaten">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013500000000000000">
+Hotplug apparaten</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node12.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node12.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Printers</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Printers">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013600000000000000">
+Printers</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node13.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node13.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Programma's</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Programma's">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00014000000000000000">
+Programma's</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Om de Programma eigenschappen voor deze groep te activeren. drukt
+u op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Programma's</SPAN> <SPAN CLASS="textit">toevoegen</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node14.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node14.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>E-mail</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="E-mail">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00015000000000000000">
+E-mail</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Een E-mail account voor een groep betekent een of meerdere gedeelde
+mappen op een IMAP server. Dit maakt het mogelijk om meer dan een
+gebruiker toegang te geven tot E-mails die in deze map opgeslagen
+worden. Deze gedeelde mappen zijn bijvoorbeeld handig om E-mail distributie
+mogelijk te maken, maar ook om date zoals bijvoorbeeld een agenda
+of adresboek te delen. Om een E-mail account toe te voegen aan een
+groep, drukt u op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">E-mail account aanmaken</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html187"
+ HREF="node15.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html188"
+ HREF="node16.html">Alternatieve adressen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html189"
+ HREF="node17.html">IMAP gedeelde mappen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html190"
+ HREF="node18.html">Stuur berichten door naar niet groepsleden</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node15.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node15.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Algemeen</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Algemeen">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015100000000000000">
+Algemeen</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Primair adres<SPAN ID="hue192">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283><SPAN ID="hue143">Het primaire E-mail adres voor de gedeelde mappen</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Server</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283><SPAN ID="hue145">Selecteer de mailserver waarop het account opgeslagen
+dient te worden</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Quota gebruik</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283><SPAN ID="hue147">Geeft het dataverbruik van de groep aan (indien
+een qouta gedefinieerd is)</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Quota grootte</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283><SPAN ID="hue149">De grootte van de hoeveelheid opslagruimte voor
+E-mails van de groep (in KB).</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node16.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node16.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Alternatieve adressen</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Alternatieve adressen">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015200000000000000">
+Alternatieve adressen</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Alternatieve adressen zijn E-mail adressen, waaronder ook E-mail ontvangen
+kan worden door de E-mail groep. U kunt de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen</SPAN> gebruiken
+om E-mail alias adressen toe te voegen.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node17.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node17.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>IMAP gedeelde mappen</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="IMAP gedeelde mappen">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015300000000000000">
+IMAP gedeelde mappen</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Algemene rechten</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Hier geeft u de rechten op die voor alle gebruikers gelden, die niet
+expliciet genoemd worden en/of lid van deze groep zijn. Indien u E-mail
+wil accepteren van externe adressen, dan dient u de Algemen rechten
+op <SPAN CLASS="textit">alleen afleveren</SPAN> in te stellen.</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Groepslid rechten</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Hier geeft u de rechten op die voor alle leden van deze groep gelden.</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>[Extra E-mail adressen]</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Hier geeft u de rechten voor extra E-mail adressen op. Druk op de
+knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen</SPAN> om het E-mail adres met de opgegeven rechten
+toe te voegen</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+Voor de rechten kunt u een selectie maken uit de volgende IMAP rechten:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">alleen afleveren:</SPAN> De gebruiker/groep mag alleen E-mail berichten
+via SMTP afleveren in de map. Dit betekent dat de gebruiker <SPAN CLASS="textit">niet</SPAN>
+kan lezen in de map.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">alleen lezen:</SPAN> De gebruiker/groep mag alleen bestaande E-mail
+berichten die in de map staan lezen.
+</LI>
+<LI>afleveren & lezen: De gebruiker/groep mag nieuwe E-mail berichten
+via SMTP plaatsen in de map en daarnaast alleen bestaande berichten
+lezen.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">afleveren, lezen & kopieren:</SPAN> De gebruiker/groep mag nieuwe
+E-mail berichten via SMTP plaatsen in de map. Daarnaast kunnen berichten
+gelezen en binnen de map gekopieerd worden
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">afleveren, lezen en schrijven:</SPAN> De gebruiker/groep heeft alle
+rechten op de E-mail map, inclusief het zetten van status informatie.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node18.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node18.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Stuur berichten door naar niet groepsleden</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Stuur berichten door naar niet groepsleden">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015400000000000000">
+Stuur berichten door naar niet groepsleden</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Hiermee kunt u berichten die in voor deze groep bestemd zijn, automatisch
+doorsturen naar een ander adres. Druk op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen</SPAN>
+om een extern E-mail adres toe te voegen, dat u in het tekstveld ingevuld
+hebt. Gebruik de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Lokaal toevoegen</SPAN> om een lokaal E-mail
+adres toe te voegen.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node19.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node19.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Rechten</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Rechten">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00016000000000000000">
+Rechten</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+In dit onderdeel kunt u rechten voor de diverse onderdelen binnen
+GOsa voor leden van de groep instellen.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Groep aanmaken</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Groep aanmaken">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Groep aanmaken</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Om een nieuwe groep aan te maken klikt u op de knop <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_new_group.png"
+ ALT="Image list_new_group">.
+Volg de instructies op die hierna gegevn worden om een bstaand account
+te bewerken.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html63"
+ HREF="node3.html">Een bestaande groep bewerken</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html64"
+ HREF="node4.html">Algemene informatie</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node20.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node20.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Referenties</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Referenties">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00017000000000000000">
+Referenties</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Onder referenties vindt u alle koppelingen die deze groep met andere
+objecten uit de LDAP datanbase heeft.
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node21.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node21.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">Groepen beheer</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/groups/ groups.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Een bestaande groep bewerken</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Een bestaande groep bewerken">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011100000000000000">
+Een bestaande groep bewerken</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Klik binnen de groepenlijst op de groepsnaam van de te bewerken groep.
+De pagina die nu geladen wordt, bevat tabbladen die voor groep mogelijkheden
+staan (momenteel zijn dat bijvoorbeeld Algemeen, Omgeving, E-mail
+etc.)
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Algemene informatie</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Algemene informatie">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011200000000000000">
+Algemene informatie</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Om het bewerken van groepen (ook nieuwe groepen) af te sluiten en
+op te slaan, dient u op de knop Opslaan rechtsonder te drukken. Om
+de bewerkingen ongedaan te maken, drukt u op de knop annuleren, die
+u ook rechtsonder vindt.
+</LI>
+<LI>Alle invoervelden met een rode asterisk (*) zijn verplichte velden.
+Deze velden moeten persé ingevuld worden.
+</LI>
+<LI>In de rechter bovenhoek vindt u de volledige DN (unieke LDAP naam)
+van de groep die momenteel bewerkt wordt.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Algemeen</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Algemeen">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Algemeen</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>G<SPAN ID="hue87">roepnaam</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue187">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De naam van de groep</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Omschrijving</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De omschrijving van of een commentaar over de groep</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Basis<SPAN ID="hue188">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De afdeling waartoe de groep hoort (het aanmaken van de afdelingen
+kan met behul van de knop <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue93">Afdelingen</SPAN></SPAN> in
+het linkermenu).</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Forceer GID:</SPAN> Hiermee kunt u het UNIX GID op een bepaalde waarde
+instellen. Let op bij het gebruik van deze optie! Zorg ervoor dat
+GID niet dubbel uitgegeven worden en let er daarnaast op dat rechten
+op bestanden aangepast worden indien de GID aangepast wordt.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">[Samba groep] in domein [Domein]:</SPAN> Met deze optie maakt
+u de groep beschikbaar voor Windows/Samba gebruikers. Daarbij zijn
+de volgende instellingen mogelijk:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Samba groep:</SPAN> De groep is een normale Samba/Windows groep
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Windows beheerders:</SPAN> De groep is een speciale Windows groep
+voor Domein Beheerders
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Windows gebruikers:</SPAN> De groep is een speciale Windows groep
+voor Domein Gebruikers
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Windows gasten:</SPAN> De groep is een speciale Windows groep voor
+Domein Gasten
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Leden zitten in een telefoon beantwoordgroep:</SPAN> Met deze optie
+kunt u gebruikers in een telefoon beantwoord groep indelen. Verdere
+documentatie zal volgen.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Leden zitten in een systeeminformatie groep (Nagios):</SPAN> Groepsleden
+maken deel uit van een groep binnen Nagios systeemmonitorings software,
+die informatie mogen bekijken en/of aanpassen.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Groepsleden:</SPAN> De groep bestaat uit leden die in deze lijst getoond
+worden. Groepsleden kunnen toegevoegd en verwijderd worden:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen:</SPAN> Om een groepslid toe te voegen, drukt u op de knop
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen</SPAN>. Daarna kunt u bestaande gebruikers uit de lijst
+selecteren, waarna u op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen</SPAN> kunt drukken om de
+gebruikers lid te maken van de groep. Indien u het toevoegen wil afbreken,
+dan kunt u op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Anuuleren</SPAN> drukken.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Omgeving</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Omgeving">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00013000000000000000">
+Omgeving</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+To activate the environment extension click on <SPAN CLASS="textit">Add environment</SPAN>
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">extension</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html103"
+ HREF="node7.html">Profielen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html104"
+ HREF="node8.html">Kiosk profiel</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html105"
+ HREF="node9.html">Login scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html106"
+ HREF="node10.html">Shares</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html107"
+ HREF="node11.html">Hotplug apparaten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html108"
+ HREF="node12.html">Printers</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node7.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node7.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Profielen</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Profielen">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013100000000000000">
+Profielen</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node8.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node8.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Kiosk profiel</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Kiosk profiel">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013200000000000000">
+Kiosk profiel</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node9.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/node9.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Login scripts</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Login scripts">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="groups">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="groups.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013300000000000000">
+Login scripts</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/search.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/select_application.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/select_application.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..dd6de2f
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/select_application.png differ
index 0000000..dd6de2f
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/select_application.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/select_groups.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/select_groups.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8f69e2b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/select_groups.png differ
index 0000000..8f69e2b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/select_groups.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/select_winstation.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/select_winstation.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ec747e5
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/select_winstation.png differ
index 0000000..ec747e5
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/select_winstation.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/smallenv.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/smallenv.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f4ef81c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/smallenv.png differ
index 0000000..f4ef81c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/groups/smallenv.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/WARNINGS b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/WARNINGS
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+No implementation found for style `fontenc'
+No implementation found for style `geometry'
+No implementation found for style `graphicx'
+
+There is no author for this document.
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/fax_small.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/fax_small.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..bb676f8
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/fax_small.png differ
index 0000000..bb676f8
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/fax_small.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/index.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/index.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Gebruikers beheer</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Gebruikers beheer">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">Gebruikers beheer</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Gebruikerslijst</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Gebruikersaccount aanmaken</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Een bestaand account bewerken</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Algemene informatie</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Algemeen</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Persoonlijke informatie</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Organisatie informatie</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Unix</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">Groep lidmaatschap</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="node11.html">Account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html14"
+ HREF="node12.html">System vertrouwen</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="node13.html">Omgeving</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node14.html">Profielen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node15.html">Kiosk profiel</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node16.html">Inlog scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node17.html">Share verbinden</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node18.html">Hotplug apparaten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node19.html">Printer</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node20.html">E-mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="node21.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html24"
+ HREF="node22.html">Alternatieve adressen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html25"
+ HREF="node23.html">E-mail opties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html26"
+ HREF="node24.html">Geavanceerde E-mail opties</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html27"
+ HREF="node25.html">Samba</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html28"
+ HREF="node26.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html29"
+ HREF="node27.html">Terminal Server</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html30"
+ HREF="node28.html">Toegangsopties</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html31"
+ HREF="node29.html">Verbindingen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html32"
+ HREF="node36.html">Fax</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
+ HREF="node37.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
+ HREF="node38.html">Aflever methodes</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
+ HREF="node39.html">Alternatieve Fax nummers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
+ HREF="node40.html">Blokkeerlijsten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
+ HREF="node41.html">Bewerken:</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html38"
+ HREF="node42.html">Telefoon</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
+ HREF="node43.html">Telefoonnummers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html40"
+ HREF="node44.html">Telefoon hardware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html41"
+ HREF="node45.html">Telefoon macro</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html42"
+ HREF="node46.html">Referenties</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html43"
+ HREF="node47.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/labels.pl b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/labels.pl
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# Associate labels original text with physical files.
+
+
+1;
+
+
+# LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+# labels from external_latex_labels array.
+
+
+1;
+
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_back.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_back.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_back.png differ
index 0000000..f258c11
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_back.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_home.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_home.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_home.png differ
index 0000000..e897341
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_home.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_new_user.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_new_user.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..34ee112
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_new_user.png differ
index 0000000..34ee112
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_new_user.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_reload.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_reload.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5c6a26d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_reload.png differ
index 0000000..5c6a26d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_reload.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_root.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_root.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_root.png differ
index 0000000..56a6a5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/list_root.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/mailto.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/mailto.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..92d602c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/mailto.png differ
index 0000000..92d602c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/mailto.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node1.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node1.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Gebruikerslijst</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Gebruikerslijst">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Gebruikerslijst</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+De beheerder kan account informatie aanmaken, veranderen of bekijken
+door op de <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue25">Gebruikers</SPAN></SPAN> knop in het <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Beheer</SPAN>
+menu aan de linkerkant te klikken. De <SPAN CLASS="textsf"><SPAN ID="hue28">Gebruikers
+Beheer</SPAN></SPAN> pagina die getoond wordt, is het uitgangspunt voor alle account
+beheertaken en is verdeeld in drie kolommen.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>De eerste kolom bevat de namen van de gebruikers en de afdelingen
+waarbinnen zij ingedeeld zijn (alfabetisch gesorteerd).
+</LI>
+<LI>De tweede kolom bevat knoppen voor snelle toegang tot verschillende
+account eigenschappen van de gebruiker (alleen beschikbaar indien
+de betreffende eigenschap geactiveerd is). Daarnaast dient deze kolom
+voor een snel overzicht van geactiveerde eigenschappen van het account
+van de gebruiker.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>De mogelijke iconen en hun betekenis:
+<BR><TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="CENTER">Icoon</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Betekenis</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="CENTER"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./penguin.png"
+ ALT="Image penguin"></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Gebruiker beschikt over algemene eigenschappen</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="CENTER"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_user.png"
+ ALT="Image select_user"></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Gebruiker beschikt over een UNIX account</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="CENTER"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./smallenv.png"
+ ALT="Image smallenv"></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Gebruiker beschikt over Omgevings instellingen</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="CENTER"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./mailto.png"
+ ALT="Image mailto"></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Gebruiker beschikt over een E-mail account</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="CENTER"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_phone.png"
+ ALT="Image select_phone"></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Gebruiker beschikt over een Telefoon account</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="CENTER"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./fax_small.png"
+ ALT="Image fax_small"></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Gebruiker beschikt over een Fax account</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="CENTER"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_winstation.png"
+ ALT="Image select_winstation"></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Gebruiker beschikt over een Samba/Windows account</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="CENTER"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./select_netatalk.png"
+ ALT="Image select_netatalk"></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Gebruiker beschikt over een Netatalk account</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+<LI>De derde kolom bevat knoppen voor de beschikbare acties (knippen,
+kopieren, bewerken, verwijderen, wachtwoord)
+</LI>
+</UL>
+De knoppen (<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back">,
+<IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home">, <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_reload.png"
+ ALT="Image list_reload">)
+dienen voor navigatie binnen de afdelingshierarchie:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_root.png"
+ ALT="Image list_root"> Helemaal naar boven (hoofd afdeling)
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_back.png"
+ ALT="Image list_back"> Een afdeling naar boven
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_home.png"
+ ALT="Image list_home"> Naar de basis van de gebruiker
+</LI>
+<LI><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_reload.png"
+ ALT="Image list_reload"> Huidige afdeling verversen
+</LI>
+</UL>
+Daarnaast is het mogelijk de weergave van gebruikers met behulp van
+filters te beinvloeden (<SPAN ID="hue55">met</SPAN> <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue57">Filters</SPAN></SPAN>
+<SPAN ID="hue470"><IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./rocket.png"
+ ALT="Image rocket"> aan de rechter
+zijde):</SPAN>
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Op namen zoeken:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Door op * (asterisk) te klikken worden alle namen getoond
+</LI>
+<LI>Het klikken van een letter, laat alle gebruikers zien waarvan de naam
+met de betreffende letter begint
+</LI>
+<LI>Het klikken van een cijfer, laat alle gebruikers zien waarvan de naam
+met het betreffende cijfer begint
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+<LI>Verder zoekopties:
+<BR>(De volgende filters werken zodanig dat alleen gebruikers getoond
+worden, die over tenminste een van de geselecteerde opties beschikken;
+Standaard worden alle echte gebruikers getoond; ofwel geen sjablonen)
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Toon sjablonen:</SPAN> Toont sjablonen voor gebruikers (standaard
+uitgeschakeld)
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Toon functionele gebruikers:</SPAN> Gebruikers die alleen over de
+algemene informatie beschikken
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Toon Unix gebruikers:</SPAN> Gebruikers die over Unix mogelijkheden
+beschikken
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Toon E-mail gebruikers:</SPAN> Gebruikers die over E-mail mogelijkheden
+beschikken
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Toon Samba gebruikers:</SPAN> Gebruikers die over Samba/Windows mogelijkheden
+beschikken
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Toon Proxy gebruikers:</SPAN> Gebruikers die over een proxy account
+beschikken
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN ID="hue73">Daarnaast kan de lijst met behulp van delen van
+namen en complexere reguliere expressies verder beperkt worden met
+behulpt van</SPAN> het invoerveld achter het icoon <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./search.png"
+ ALT="Image search">.
+In dit veld kunt u cijfer en letter combinaties invoeren om de lijst
+verder te beperken. Om uw selectie door te voeren dient u op de knop
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">Filter toepassen</SPAN> te drukken.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html54"
+ HREF="node2.html">Gebruikersaccount aanmaken</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html55"
+ HREF="node3.html">Een bestaand account bewerken</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html56"
+ HREF="node4.html">Algemene informatie</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html57"
+ HREF="node5.html">Algemeen</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html58"
+ HREF="node6.html">Persoonlijke informatie</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html59"
+ HREF="node7.html">Organisatie informatie</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html60"
+ HREF="node8.html">Unix</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html61"
+ HREF="node9.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html62"
+ HREF="node10.html">Groep lidmaatschap</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html63"
+ HREF="node11.html">Account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html64"
+ HREF="node12.html">System vertrouwen</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html65"
+ HREF="node13.html">Omgeving</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html66"
+ HREF="node14.html">Profielen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html67"
+ HREF="node15.html">Kiosk profiel</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html68"
+ HREF="node16.html">Inlog scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html69"
+ HREF="node17.html">Share verbinden</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html70"
+ HREF="node18.html">Hotplug apparaten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html71"
+ HREF="node19.html">Printer</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html72"
+ HREF="node20.html">E-mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html73"
+ HREF="node21.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html74"
+ HREF="node22.html">Alternatieve adressen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html75"
+ HREF="node23.html">E-mail opties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html76"
+ HREF="node24.html">Geavanceerde E-mail opties</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html77"
+ HREF="node25.html">Samba</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html78"
+ HREF="node26.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html79"
+ HREF="node27.html">Terminal Server</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html80"
+ HREF="node28.html">Toegangsopties</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html81"
+ HREF="node29.html">Verbindingen</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html82"
+ HREF="node30.html">Proxy account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html83"
+ HREF="node31.html">FTP account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html84"
+ HREF="node32.html">Open-Xchange account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html85"
+ HREF="node33.html">WebDAV account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html86"
+ HREF="node34.html">PHPGroupware account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html87"
+ HREF="node35.html">Intranet account</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html88"
+ HREF="node36.html">Fax</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html89"
+ HREF="node37.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html90"
+ HREF="node38.html">Aflever methodes</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html91"
+ HREF="node39.html">Alternatieve Fax nummers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html92"
+ HREF="node40.html">Blokkeerlijsten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html93"
+ HREF="node41.html">Bewerken:</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html94"
+ HREF="node42.html">Telefoon</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html95"
+ HREF="node43.html">Telefoonnummers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html96"
+ HREF="node44.html">Telefoon hardware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html97"
+ HREF="node45.html">Telefoon macro</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html98"
+ HREF="node46.html">Referenties</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node10.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node10.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Groep lidmaatschap</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Groep lidmaatschap">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013200000000000000">
+Groep lidmaatschap</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Gebruik de knoppen <SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen</SPAN> en <SPAN CLASS="textit">Verwijderen</SPAN> om de gebruiker
+aan groepen toe te voegen of van groepen te verwijderen. De knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen</SPAN>
+geeft de lijst met groepen die door de systeembeheerder aangemaakt
+zijn weer. De gebruiker kan lid zijn van een of meerdere groepen.
+De gebruiker is sowieso lid van de primaire groep. De primaire groep
+hoeft dan ook niet hier nogmaals gekozen te worden.
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node11.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node11.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Account</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Account">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013300000000000000">
+Account</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Dit onderdeel gaat over het beheer van het wachtwoord van de gebruiker
+(dit betreft vanzelfsprekend alleen het UNIX account van de gebruiker).
+Let erop dat u geen conflicterende opties selecteert, aangezien dit
+het account van de gebruiker effectief onbruikbaar kan maken:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Het wachtwoord moet bij de eerste aanmelding gewijzigd worden:</SPAN>
+Met deze optie wordt afgedwongen dat de gebruiker bij de eerst volgende
+aanmelding direct het wachtwoord moet veranderen.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Het wachtwoord kan pas [Aantal] dag(en) na de laatste wijziging
+gewijzigd worden:</SPAN> Hiermee wordt afgedwongen dat een gebruiker niet
+onbeperkt het wachtwoord kan veranderen. [Aantal] geeft het aantal
+dagen aan, waarbinnen de gebruiker het wachtwoord niet kan wijzigen
+sinds de vorige wachtwoord wijziging.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Het wachtwoord moet na [Aantal] dag(en) gewijzigd worden:</SPAN>
+Met deze optie verplicht u de gebruiker om na [Aantal] dagen het
+wachtwoord te veranderen, omdat anders het account geblokeerd wordt.
+Gebruikers worden van te voren op de hoogte gesteld van het verlopen
+van het wachtwoord.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Wachtwoord verloopt op [Datum]:</SPAN> Indien u deze optie instelt,
+dan kan de gebruiker niet meer inloggen met het huidige wachtwoord
+vanaf [Datum].
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Blokkeer het account na [Aantal] dag(en) inactiviteit nadat
+het wachtwoord verlopen is:</SPAN> Zodra er gedurende [Aantal] dagen inactiviteit
+is van het account (geen inloggen van de gebruiker dus), na het verlopen
+van het wachtwoord, wordt het account geblokkeerd en kan de gebruiker
+niet meer inloggen.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Waarschuw de gebruiker [Aantal] dagen voordat het wachtwoord
+verloopt:</SPAN> De gebruiker krijgt vanaf [Aantal] dagen, voordat het
+wachtwoord verloopt een waarschuwing dat het wachtwoord op de ingestelde
+datum verloopt.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node12.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node12.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>System vertrouwen</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="System vertrouwen">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013400000000000000">
+System vertrouwen</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Systeem vertrouwen wordt gebruikt om toegang tot verschillende Unix
+systemen en apparaten door de gebruiker te beheren en/of in te perken.
+
+<P>
+De vertrouwensmodus kan als volgt ingesteld worden:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">gedeactiveerd:</SPAN> De gebruiker kan zich op alle UNIX systemen
+aanmelden.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">volledige toegang:</SPAN> De gebruiker kan zich op alle UNIX systemen
+aanmelden.
+</LI>
+<LI>sta toegang op deze computers toe: De gebruiker mag zich alleen op
+de opgegeven UNIX systemen aanmelden.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen:</SPAN> Klik op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen</SPAN> om UNIX computers
+toe te voegen, waarop de gebruiker in mag loggen. Let op dat alleen
+UNIX computers die bekend zijn binnen het systeem voor zullen komen
+in deze lijst. Druk op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Annuleren</SPAN> om de selectie af
+te breken.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Verwijderen</SPAN>: Selecteer een of meerdere UNIX computers uit de
+reeds bestaande computers waartoe de gebruiker toegang heeft en druk
+op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Verwijderen</SPAN>, om de gebruiker toegang tot deze computers
+te ontnemen.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node13.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node13.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Omgeving</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Omgeving">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00014000000000000000">
+Omgeving</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Click on the button <SPAN CLASS="textit">add an environment extension</SPAN> <SPAN CLASS="textit"><SPAN CLASS="textit">to</SPAN></SPAN>
+activate the configuration space.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html221"
+ HREF="node14.html">Profielen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html222"
+ HREF="node15.html">Kiosk profiel</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html223"
+ HREF="node16.html">Inlog scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html224"
+ HREF="node17.html">Share verbinden</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html225"
+ HREF="node18.html">Hotplug apparaten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html226"
+ HREF="node19.html">Printer</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node14.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node14.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Profielen</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Profielen">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014100000000000000">
+Profielen</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node15.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node15.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Kiosk profiel</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Kiosk profiel">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014200000000000000">
+Kiosk profiel</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node16.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node16.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Inlog scripts</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Inlog scripts">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014300000000000000">
+Inlog scripts</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node17.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node17.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Share verbinden</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Share verbinden">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014400000000000000">
+Share verbinden</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node18.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node18.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Hotplug apparaten</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Hotplug apparaten">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014500000000000000">
+Hotplug apparaten</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node19.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node19.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Printer</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Printer">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00014600000000000000">
+Printer</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node2.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node2.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Gebruikersaccount aanmaken</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Gebruikersaccount aanmaken">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00011000000000000000">
+Gebruikersaccount aanmaken</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Om een nieuw account aan te maken klikt u op de knop <IMG
+ WIDTH="16" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="./list_new_user.png"
+ ALT="Image list_new_user">.
+Volg de instructies op die gegeven worden bij het aanmaken van het
+account. Op het einde van het aanmaken, dient u een wachtwoord op
+te geven voor het nieuwe account.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html109"
+ HREF="node3.html">Een bestaand account bewerken</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html110"
+ HREF="node4.html">Algemene informatie</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node20.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node20.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>E-mail</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="E-mail">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00015000000000000000">
+E-mail</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Het E-mail account is gekoppeld aan de E-mail server. Om het E-mail
+account te activeren dient u op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">E-mail account aanmaken</SPAN>
+te drukken.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html295"
+ HREF="node21.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html296"
+ HREF="node22.html">Alternatieve adressen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html297"
+ HREF="node23.html">E-mail opties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html298"
+ HREF="node24.html">Geavanceerde E-mail opties</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node21.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node21.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Algemeen</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Algemeen">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015100000000000000">
+Algemeen</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142><SPAN ID="hue204">Primair adres</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue490">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Het E-mail adres van de gebruiker</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Server</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Selecteer de server waar het E-mail account van de gebruiker opgeslagen
+dient te worden</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Quota gebruik</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Geeft de huidig gebruikte en beschikbare opslagruimte van de gebruiker
+aan</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Quota grootte</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De maximale grootte van de Mailbox</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node22.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node22.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Alternatieve adressen</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Alternatieve adressen">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015200000000000000">
+Alternatieve adressen</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Alternatieve adressen zijn E-mail adressen waaronder de gebruiker
+ook E-mail kan ontvangen. De E-mail die naar deze adressen verstuurd
+worden, zullen opgeslagen worden onder het account dat opgegeven is
+bij het primaire adres. Gebruik de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen</SPAN> om aliasen
+toe te voegen en de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Verwijderen</SPAN> om een alias te verwijderen.
+Let erop dat de gebruikte domein componenten in de aliasen wel door
+de opgegeven mailserver ontvangen kunnen worden. Het heeft bijvoorbeeld
+geen enkele zin om een hotmail account als alias op te geven, simpelweg
+omdat E-mail gericht aan hotmail adressen, nooit aan zullen komen
+op uw E-mail server
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node23.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node23.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>E-mail opties</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="E-mail opties">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015300000000000000">
+E-mail opties</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Beheer van de E-mail opties voor de gebruiker:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Geen aflevering in eigen mailbox:</SPAN> Stuur alle E-mail voor dit
+adres door naar het adres of de adressen in het <SPAN CLASS="textit">Stuur berichten
+door naar</SPAN> deel. Er vindt geen aflevering in de eigen mailbox plaats.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Activeer afwezigheidsbericht:</SPAN> Verstuur het bericht dat opgegeven
+is in het <SPAN CLASS="textit"><SPAN ID="hue219">Afwezigheidsbericht</SPAN></SPAN> onderdeel
+naar de afzender van een E-mail bericht, zodra dit bericht ontvangen
+wordt.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Verplaats E-mail met een spam nivo groter dan [Nivo] naar
+map [Map]:</SPAN> Verplaats E-mails met een spam nivo groter dan [Nivo]
+bij ontvangst op de mail server naar E-mail map [Map]. Zodra een
+E-mail binnenkomt bij de mailserver, wordt deze voorzien van een spam
+indicatie. Deze spamindicatie wordt o.a. aangegeven door een cijfer.
+Dit cijfer representeert de waarschijnlijkheid dat het bericht een
+SPAM bericht is. Hoe hoger dit cijfer, hoe groter de kans dat het
+een SPAM bericht betreft. Normaliter kunt u er vanuit gaan dat een
+bericht met een cijfer vanaf 5 een SPAM bericht betreft. Stel deze
+optie niet te laag in, aangezien u anders het risico loopt op normale
+E-mail berichten automatisch te laten verplaatsen naar uw SPAM map,
+waardoor de kans ontstaat dat het bericht aan uw aandacht ontsnapt!
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Wijs E-mail af indien groter dan [Grootte] MB:</SPAN> Wij E-mail
+af die groter zijn dan [Grootte] MB. Dit betekent dat de gebruiker
+geen E-mail kan ontvangen die groter is dan [Grootte] MB.
+</LI>
+<LI>Gebruik de <SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen</SPAN> of <SPAN CLASS="textit">Lokaal toevoegen</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue230">knoppen
+om binnengekomen E-mail bericht door te sturen naar andere E-mail
+adressen (bijv Telefoon, PDA etc.): </SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue232">- De</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue494"><SPAN CLASS="textit">Lokkaal toevoegen</SPAN></SPAN><SPAN ID="hue236">knop wordt gebruikt om te kiezen uit in het systeem
+bekende E-mail adressen. </SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue238">- De</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue495"><SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen</SPAN></SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue242">knop
+om externe adressen te kiezen.</SPAN>
+<P>
+<SPAN ID="hue244">- De</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue496"><SPAN CLASS="textit">Verwijderen</SPAN></SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue248">knop
+om E-mail doorstuur adressen te verwijderen.</SPAN>
+<P>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node24.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node24.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Geavanceerde E-mail opties</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Geavanceerde E-mail opties">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00015400000000000000">
+Geavanceerde E-mail opties</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>De gebruiker mag alleen lokale E-mails versturen en ontvangen: Hiermee
+kan de beheerder opgeven dat de gebruiker alleen binnen het eigen
+domein/organisatie E-mail mag versturen en ontvangen. Dit betekent
+dat de gebruiker niet naar externe personen kan E-mailen of E-mail
+van externe personen kan ontvangen.
+</LI>
+<LI>Gebruik een eigen sieve script : De gebruiker kan een eigen sieve
+scripts schrijven om mailbox filtering te beheren. <SPAN CLASS="textit">Let op!</SPAN>
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">Dit schakelt alle E-mail opties uit</SPAN>.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node25.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node25.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Samba</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Samba">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00016000000000000000">
+Samba</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Om een Samba / Windows account aan te maken voor de gebruiker, klikt
+u op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Samba account toevoegen</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html347"
+ HREF="node26.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html348"
+ HREF="node27.html">Terminal Server</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html349"
+ HREF="node28.html">Toegangsopties</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node26.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node26.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Algemeen</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Algemeen">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00016100000000000000">
+Algemeen</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Persoonlijke map</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Het pad naar de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker over het netwerk
+in UNC notatie (bijv. \\SERVER\homes\gebruikersnaam).
+Selecteer de stationsletter uit de lijst om op te geven met welk station
+de persoonlijke map verbonden moet worden bij het inloggen van de
+gebruiker.</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Domein</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Het Windows domein waarbinnen de gebruiker valt.</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Inlogscript</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Het script dat op het werkstation van de gebruiker uitgevoerd wordt,
+bij het inloggen van de gebruiker.</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Profielpad</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Het pad op een server in UNC notatie, waar het zwervende profiel van
+de gebruiker zich bevindt (bijv. \\SERVER\profiles\gebruikersnaam).</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node27.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node27.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Terminal Server</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Terminal Server">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00016200000000000000">
+Terminal Server</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Sta inloggen op de terminal server toe</SPAN>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Persoonlijke map</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Mention the path of the user's home directory in notation UNC ex:
+\\SERVER\homes\user.
+Choose on the scroll list the letter associated to the user's home
+directory.Het pad naar de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker over het
+netwerk in UNC notatie (bijv. \\SERVER\homes\gebruikersnaam).
+Selecteer de stationsletter uit de lijst om op te geven met welk station
+de persoonlijke map verbonden moet worden bij het inloggen van de
+gebruiker.</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Profile pathProfielpad</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Mention the path to the user profileHet pad op een server in UNC notatie,
+waar het zwervende profiel van de gebruiker zich bevindt (bijv. \\SERVER\profiles\gebruikersnaam).</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Client configuratie voor initieel programma overnemen</SPAN>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Initiëel programma</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Het programma dat bij het starten van de sessie uitgevoerd moet worden</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Werkdirectory</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De werkmap waarbinnen het initiele programma uitgevoerd wordt</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Terminal Service timeouts (in minuten):</SPAN>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Max. verbindingsduur</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De maximale duur dat een gebruiker verbonden mag zijn. Na het verstrijken
+van deze duur wordt de sessie verbroken.</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Max. verbrekingsduur</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Een niet verbonden sessie van de gebruiker wordt na verstrijken van
+deze duur automatisch beëindigd.</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Max. inactiviteitsduur</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Een verbonden maar inactieve sessie van de gebruiker wordt na verstrijken
+van deze duur automatisch beëindigd.</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Terminal Service client apparaten:</SPAN>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Verbindt client schijven bij inloggen</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Verbindt lokale schijven van de Client als netwerkschijven bij inloggen</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Verbindt client printers bij inloggen</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Verbindt de lokale printer van de Client als netwerkprinter bij het
+inloggen</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Standaard printer als client printer</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De lokale standaard printer van de Client als standaard printer gebruiken</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Terminal Service diverse:</SPAN>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+Schaduwen van andere sessie <SPAN CLASS="textit"></SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+Deze optie is van belang voor beheer en controle op afstand:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">gedeactiveerd:</SPAN> Schaduwen is uitgeschakeld:
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">invoer met notificatie:</SPAN> Sessie kan overgenomen worden. Gebruiker
+wordt om toestemming gevraagd
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">invoer zonder notificatie:</SPAN> Sessie kan overgenomen worden. Gebruiker
+wordt niets gevraagd
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">geen invoer met notificatie:</SPAN> Sessie kan alleen bekeken worden.
+Gebruiker wordt om toestemming gevraagd
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">geen invoer zonder notificatie:</SPAN> Sessie kan alleen bekeken worden.
+Gebruiker wordt niets gevraagd
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+
+Bij verbroken verbinding of timeout </TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+U kunt opgeven of een sessie die verbroken wordt (door de gebruiker,
+of door het overschreiden van de tijdslimiet) verbroken blijft of
+automatisch afgesloten wordt. Indien u verbreken kiest, dan blijft
+de sessie behouden. </TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+
+Herstel sessie indien verbroken</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+Geef op of een verbroken sessie alleen vanaf de vorige client hervat
+kan worden, of vanaf elke client</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node28.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node28.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Toegangsopties</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Toegangsopties">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00016300000000000000">
+Toegangsopties</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+De onder toegangsopties genoemde instellingen dienen voor het aanpassen
+van wachtwoord instellingen onder Windows en voor het beperken van
+de toegang tot werkstations. U dient op te letten welke instellingen
+u van toepassing laat zijn.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>De volgende wachtwoord opties zijn beschikbaar:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Gebruiker mag zijn wachtwoord vanaf een werkstation wijzigen:</SPAN>
+Zodra deze optie geselecteerd is, mag de gebruiker het wachtwoord
+vanaf een Windows werkstation wijzigen (door bijvoorbeeld Ctrl-Alt-Del
+in te drukken).
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Inloggen op Windows werkstation zonder wachtwoord toestaan:</SPAN>
+Zodra deze optie geselecteerd is voor een gebruiker, mag de gebruiker
+inloggen zonder een wachtwoord te moeten gebruiken.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Blokkeer het Samba/Windows account:</SPAN> De gebruiker kan niet meer
+op een Windows werkstation inloggen.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Wachtwoord verloopt op [Datum]:</SPAN> Het wachtwoord verloopt op
+[Datum]. Het account wordt daarna automatisch geblokkeerd.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Stel laatste inlogtijd in op:</SPAN> Optie is niet nuttig! Hiermee
+kan de laatst bekende inlogtijd aangepast worden.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Stel laatste uitlogtijd in op:</SPAN> Optie is niet nuttig! Hiermee
+kan de laatst bekende uitlogtijd aangepast worden.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Het account verloopt op [Datum]:</SPAN> Geef de datum [Datum]
+op waarop het account automatisch geblokkeerd wordt.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Sta alleen verbindingen vanaf deze werkstations toe:</SPAN> Indien
+u de toegang tot werkstations wil beperken voegt u hier werkstations
+toe. De gebruiker mag op elk werkstation inloggen, zolang de lijst
+leeg is.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen:</SPAN> Om een werkstation toe te voegen, drukt u op de
+knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen</SPAN> en selecteert u een of meer werkstations uit
+de lijst. Let op dat deze selectie alleen Windows werkstations betreft.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Verwijderen:</SPAN> Om werkstations waartoe de gebruiker toegang heeft
+te verwijderen, drukt u op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Verwijderen</SPAN>. Vervolgens
+selecteert u de werkstations die u wilt verwijderen.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node29.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node29.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Verbindingen</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Verbindingen">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00017000000000000000">
+Verbindingen</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Onder dit tabblad bevinden zich diverse opties om de account eigenschappen
+en mogelijkheden van een gebruiker verder uit te breiden (afhankelijk
+van de beschikbare diensten binnen een organisatie):
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><UL>
+<LI><UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html388"
+ HREF="node30.html">Proxy account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html389"
+ HREF="node31.html">FTP account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html390"
+ HREF="node32.html">Open-Xchange account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html391"
+ HREF="node33.html">WebDAV account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html392"
+ HREF="node34.html">PHPGroupware account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html393"
+ HREF="node35.html">Intranet account</A>
+</UL></UL></UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node3.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node3.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Een bestaand account bewerken</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Een bestaand account bewerken">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011100000000000000">
+Een bestaand account bewerken</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Klik binnen de gebruikerslijst op de gebruikersnaam van de te bewerken
+gebruiker. De pagina die nu geladen wordt, bevat tabbladen die voor
+account mogelijkheden staan (momenteel zijn dat bijvoorbeeld Algemeen,
+Unix, Omgeving etc.)
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node30.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node30.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Proxy account</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Proxy account">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H5><A NAME="SECTION00017001000000000000">
+Proxy account</A>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+Met deze optie kunt u de gebruiker toegang tot de Proxy server verlenen.
+Binnen veel organisaties wordt een proxy server gebruikt om toegang
+tot Internet te beperken en/of monitoren. Een gebruiker zonder Proxy
+account kan Internet niet op. Voor alle gebruikers met een Proxy account
+geldt dat de beheerder, indien gewenst, de toegang tot Internet en
+websites kan monitoren.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Filter ongewilde inhoud (bijvoorbeeld pornografische of geweld
+gerelateerde inhoud):</SPAN> Deze optie activeert het inhoudsfilter voor
+de gebruiker. Dit betekent dat het door de systeembeheerder ingestelde
+inhoudsfilter van toepassing wordt op door de gebruiker bezochte websites.
+Zodra een website inhoud bevat die door het filter herkent wordt als
+zijnde ongewenst, wordt de toegang voor de gebruiker onmiddelijk geblokkeerd.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Beperk proxy gebruik tot tijd:</SPAN> Met deze optie is het mogelijk
+om de toegang tot Internet te beperken tot een bepaalde tijdspanne
+(bijvoorbeeld tijdens kantoortijd). Let erop dat deze tijd voor alle
+dagen dezelfde is. De gebruiker krijgt een melding indien deze buiten
+de ingestelde tijd een website wil bezoeken.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Beperk proxy gebruik met quota:</SPAN> Met deze optie kunt een maximaal
+toegestane hoeveelheid dataverkeer gedurende een bepaalde periode
+opgeven. De gebruiker kan zodra de maximale hoeveelheid dataverkeer
+verbruikt is niet meer het Internet op, totdat de huidig opgegeven
+periode verstreken is.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node31.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node31.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>FTP account</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="FTP account">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H5><A NAME="SECTION00017002000000000000">
+FTP account</A>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+Met deze optie geeft u de gebruiker toegang tot de FTP server(s):
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Bandbreedte: Maakt beperking van bandbreedte gebruik (door de gebruiker)
+mogelijk
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Verstuur bandbreedte:</SPAN> De maximale bandbreedte voor de gebruiker
+bij het versturen van bestanden naar de server (Upload) in kb per
+seconde. De beperking is niet actief indien u hier 0 opgeeft.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Ontvangst bandbreedte:</SPAN> De maximale bandbreedte voor de gebruiker
+bij het ontvangen van bestanden van de server (Download) in kb per
+seconde. De beperking is niet actief inhdien u hier 0 opgeeft.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+<LI>Verhouding: Het is mogelijk de gebruiker af te dwingen om een bepaalde
+verhouding van te versturen en te ontvangen bestanden te moeten behouden.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Verstuurde / Ontvangen bestanden:</SPAN> Hier geeft u de verhouding
+op (Bijvoorbeeld: 3/1, betekent dat de gebruiker 3 bestanden moet
+versturen, alvorens er 1 bestande ontvangen kan worden).
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+<LI>Quota: Beperking van het gebruik in hoeveelheid dataverkeer of hoeveelheid
+bestanden
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Bestanden:</SPAN> De maximale hoeveelheid bestanden die de gebruiker
+mag versturen en ontvangen. De beperking is niet actief indien u hier
+0 opgeeft.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Grootte:</SPAN> De maximale hoeveelheid dataverkeer die de gebruiker
+mag verbruiken voor versturen en ontvangen. De beperking is niet actief
+indien u hier 0 opgeeft.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+<LI>Diverse:
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Schakel FTP toegang tijdelijk uit:</SPAN> Hiermee kunt u de toegang
+tot de FTP server(s) tijdelijk uitschakelen, zonder dat meteen alle
+FTP intstellingen van de gebruiker verloren gaan.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node32.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node32.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Open-Xchange account</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Open-Xchange account">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H5><A NAME="SECTION00017003000000000000">
+Open-Xchange account</A>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+Met deze optie geeft u de gebruiker toegang tot de Open-Xchange groupware
+server.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Onthouden: Hier geeft u opties voor de portaal pagina van Open-Xchange
+op.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Afspraken:</SPAN> Hoeveel dagen van te voren, wilt u dat afspraken
+getoond worden.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Taken:</SPAN> Hoeveel dagen van te voren wilt u dat taken getoond
+worden.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+<LI>Gebruikersinformatie
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Tijdzone:</SPAN> Hier geeft u de tijdzone aan. Let erop dat u alle
+gebruikers de juiste tijdzone geeft, aangezien anders problemen op
+kunnen treden bij het plannen van afspraken onderling (tijdsverschillen).
+</LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node33.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node33.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>WebDAV account</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="WebDAV account">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H5><A NAME="SECTION00017004000000000000">
+WebDAV account</A>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+Met deze optie kunt u de gebruiker toegang verlenen tot de WebDAV
+server(s).
+
+<P>
+
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node34.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node34.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>PHPGroupware account</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="PHPGroupware account">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H5><A NAME="SECTION00017005000000000000">
+PHPGroupware account</A>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+Met deze optie kunt u de gebruiker toegang verlenen tot de PHPGroupware
+server.
+
+<P>
+
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node35.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node35.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Intranet account</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Intranet account">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H5><A NAME="SECTION00017006000000000000">
+Intranet account</A>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+Met deze optie kunt u de gebruiker toegang verlenen tot Intranet server(s).
+Normaliter wordt deze optie gebruikt om toegang tot interne websites
+en/of webapplicaties binnen de organisatie te verschaffen.
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf">PPTP account</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+Met deze optie kunt u de gebruiker toegang tot de VPN server (PPTP)
+verschaffen.
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf">PHPScheduleit account</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+Met deze optie kunt u de gebruiker toegang tot de PHPScheduleit software
+verlenen.
+<P></P>
+
+
+<P>
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf">GLPI account</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+Met deze optie kunt u de gebruiker toegang tot de GLPI software voor
+inventaris beheer geven.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node36.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node36.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Fax</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Fax">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00018000000000000000">
+Fax</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Om Fax mogelijkheden voor een gebruiker in te schakelen, klikt u op
+de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Fax account</SPAN> aanmaken<SPAN CLASS="textit">.</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html462"
+ HREF="node37.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html463"
+ HREF="node38.html">Aflever methodes</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html464"
+ HREF="node39.html">Alternatieve Fax nummers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html465"
+ HREF="node40.html">Blokkeerlijsten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html466"
+ HREF="node41.html">Bewerken:</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node37.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node37.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Algemeen</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Algemeen">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00018100000000000000">
+Algemeen</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Fax<SPAN ID="hue506">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Het Faxnummer van de gebruiker</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Taal</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Kies de gewenste taal uit de lijst (nl_NL=Nederlands, en_EN=Engels
+etc.)</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Aflever formaat</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Het formaat waarmee faxen bij de gebruiker afgeleverd worden. Maak
+een keuze uit de lijst</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node38.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node38.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Aflever methodes</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Aflever methodes">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00018200000000000000">
+Aflever methodes</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Schakel Fax gebruik tijdelijk uit:</SPAN> Schakel het Fax account
+van de gebruiker tijdelijk uit, zonder dat instellingen van het account
+verloren zullen gaan.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Lever Fax als E-mail af:</SPAN> Levert de fax in het geselecteerde
+formaat af in de mailbox van de gebruiker.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Lever Fax af op printer:</SPAN> Levert een fax af op de uit de lijst
+geselecteerde printer.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node39.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node39.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Alternatieve Fax nummers</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Alternatieve Fax nummers">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00018300000000000000">
+Alternatieve Fax nummers</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Het is mogelijk meerdere Fax nummers aan de gebruiker toe te kennen.
+Alle alternatieve nummers die aan de gebruiker toegekend zijn, dienen
+in de lijst opgenomen te worden.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen:</SPAN> Om een nummer toe te voegen, geeft u een nummer
+op in het invoerveld links van de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen</SPAN> en daarna
+drukt u op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen.</SPAN>
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Lokaal toevoegen:</SPAN> Om een nummer toe te voegen dat al aan een
+andere gebruiker toegekend is, gebruikt u de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Lokaal toevoegen.</SPAN>
+U kunt nu uit de lijst één of meerdere gebruikers selecteren, wiens
+Fax nummers toegekend moeten worden aan de huidige gebruiker.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Verwijderen:</SPAN> Selecteer één of meerdere regels (met de Ctrl-toets
+kunt u meerdere regels selecteren) en druk op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Verwijderen</SPAN>
+om Fax nummers te verwijderen.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node4.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node4.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Algemene informatie</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Algemene informatie">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00011200000000000000">
+Algemene informatie</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Om het bewerken van gebruikers (ook nieuwe gebruikers) af te sluiten
+en op te slaan, dient u op de knop Opslaan rechtsonder te drukken.
+Om de bewerkingen ongedaan te maken, drukt u op de knop annuleren,
+die u ook rechtsonder vindt.
+</LI>
+<LI>Alle invoervelden met een rode asterisk (*) zijn verplichte velden.
+Deze velden moeten persé ingevuld worden.
+</LI>
+<LI>In de rechter bovenhoek vindt u de volledige DN (unieke LDAP naam)
+van de gebruiker die momenteel bewerkt wordt.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node40.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node40.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Blokkeerlijsten</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Blokkeerlijsten">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00018400000000000000">
+Blokkeerlijsten</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Blokkeerlijsten dienen ervoor om zowel het ontvangen van en versturen
+naar bepaalde nummers aan banden te kunnen leggen. Dit is bijvoorbeeld
+een effectieve manier om advertentie fax-en te blokkeren. De dialogen
+voor zowel inkomende als uitgaande faxen zijn volledig identiek. We
+volstaan hier dus bij het uitleggen van de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Bewerken</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node41.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node41.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Bewerken:</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Bewerken:">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00018500000000000000">
+Bewerken:</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Zodra u de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Bewerken</SPAN> indrukt krijgt een dialoogvenster
+dat uit twee delen bestaat. Aan de linkerzijde vindt u momenteel geldige
+nummers/lijsten, waartegen in- danwel uitgaande nummers gecontroleerd
+worden. Om een nummer toe te voegen, geeft u het nummer op in het
+tekstvelden drukt u op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen</SPAN>. Om een reeds bestaande
+lijst uit een sub-afdeling te selecteren, selecteert u aan de rechterzijde
+de afdeling die de lijst bevat en drukt u op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Lijst aan
+blokkeerlijst toevoegen</SPAN>. Om één of meerdere lijsten uit de lijst
+de verwijderen, selecteert u de nummer(s)/lijst(en) en drukt u op
+de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Verwijderen</SPAN>.
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node42.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node42.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Telefoon</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Telefoon">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00019000000000000000">
+Telefoon</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Om een telefoon account te activeren voor een gebruiker, drukt u op
+de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Telefoon account aanmaken.</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html525"
+ HREF="node43.html">Telefoonnummers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html526"
+ HREF="node44.html">Telefoon hardware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html527"
+ HREF="node45.html">Telefoon macro</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node43.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node43.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Telefoonnummers</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Telefoonnummers">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00019100000000000000">
+Telefoonnummers</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Hier geeft u de telefoonnummers op, die aan de gebruiker toegekend
+zijn.
+
+<P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen:</SPAN> Voer een telefoonnummer links van de knop in en
+druk op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Toevoegen</SPAN> om het telefoonnummer aan de gebruiker
+toe te kennen.
+</LI>
+<LI><SPAN CLASS="textit">Verwijderen:</SPAN> Selecteer het te verwijderen nummer in de lijst
+en druk op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Verwijderen</SPAN> om het nummer bij de gebruiker
+weg te halen.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node44.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node44.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Telefoon hardware</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Telefoon hardware">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00019200000000000000">
+Telefoon hardware</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Telefoon</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Selecteer de telefoon van de gebruiker uit de lijst</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Voicemail PIN-code<SPAN ID="hue508">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Geef de vier cijferige PIN-code op, die de gebruiker in moet geven
+om deVoice mailbox te kunnen beluisteren</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Telefoon PIN-code<SPAN ID="hue509">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Geef de vier cijferige PIN-code op, die de gebruiker in moet geven
+om zich bij de telefoon aan te melden.</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node45.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node45.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Telefoon macro</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Telefoon macro">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00019300000000000000">
+Telefoon macro</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Selecteer uit de lijst met macro's de macro die op de gebruiker van
+toepassing moet zijn. Indien door de beheerder opgegeven bij het aanmaken
+van de macro, kan het nodig zijn om nog macro-specifieke opties in
+te moeten stellen, zoals bijvoorbeeld een Mailbox, doorschakelnummer,
+doorschakeltijd etc.).
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node46.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node46.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Referenties</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Referenties">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION000110000000000000000">
+Referenties</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Onder referenties vindt u de relaties van de gebruiker met andere
+objecten binnen de LDAP server (bijv. Groepen, systemen etc.).
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node47.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node47.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">Gebruikers beheer</SPAN></STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+<P>
+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+Nikos Drakos,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>
+Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-no_navigation -dir ../html/users/ users.tex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Cajus Pollmeier on 2006-05-30
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node5.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node5.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Algemeen</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Algemeen">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00012000000000000000">
+Algemeen</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html139"
+ HREF="node6.html">Persoonlijke informatie</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html140"
+ HREF="node7.html">Organisatie informatie</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node6.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node6.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Persoonlijke informatie</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Persoonlijke informatie">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012100000000000000">
+Persoonlijke informatie</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142><SPAN ID="hue91">Achternaam</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue472">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De achternaam van de gebruiker</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142><SPAN ID="hue95">Voornaam</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue473">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De voornaam van de gebruiker</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142><SPAN ID="hue99">Inlognaam</SPAN><SPAN ID="hue474">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De naam waarmee de gebruiker inlogt</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Aanhef</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De aanhef van de gebruiker (Bijv. Meneer, Dhr, Mevrouw)</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Academische titel</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De academische titel van de gebruiker (Bijv. Dr., Ing, Mr)</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Geboortedatum</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Klik op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Stel in</SPAN> om een keuzelijst te laten verschijnen</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Geslacht</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Maak uw keuze uit de lijst voor het geslacht van de gebruiker</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Voorkeurstaal</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Maak uw keuze uit de lijst voor de voorkeurstaal van de gebruiker
+(nl_NL=Nederlands, en_EN=Engels, etc)</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Basis</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De afdeling van de gebruiker (het aanmaken van de afdeling kan door
+middel van de <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue104">afdelingen</SPAN></SPAN> knop in het linkermenu
+van het beheer onderdeel).</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Plaatje</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Om een foto of plaatje van de gebruiker op te slaan, drukt op de knop
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">Verander plaatje...</SPAN> Selecteer de gewenste afbeelding. De afbeelding
+wordt nu getoond. Om de keuze vast te leggen, drukt u op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">Opslaan</SPAN>.
+Indien u de afbeelding niet wenst op te slaan, drukt u op de knop
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">Annuleren</SPAN>.</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Adres</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Het privé adres van de gebruiker</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Telefoon privé</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Het privé telefoonnummer van de gebruiker. U dient dit volgens het
+internationale formaat in te voeren. Bijvoorbeeld +31 40 2390740</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Homepage</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De URL van de homepage van de gebruiker (bijv. http://www.careworks.nl)</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Wachtwoord encryptie</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De manier waarop het wachtwoord intern versleuteld opgeslagen wordt.
+Maak uw keuze door uit de lijst te selecteren</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Certificaten</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283><SPAN ID="hue109">Klik op de knop</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue476"><SPAN CLASS="textit">Bewerk
+certificaten...</SPAN></SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue113">om de certificaten van de gebruiker
+te beheren. Met GOsa kunt u drie types certificaten importeren. Klik
+op</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue477"><SPAN CLASS="textit">Opslaan</SPAN></SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue117">om te beeindigen.</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Kerberos</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283><SPAN ID="hue119">Klik op de knop</SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue478"><SPAN CLASS="textit">Bewerk
+eigenschappen</SPAN></SPAN> <SPAN ID="hue123">om Kerberos eigenschappen te bewerken.</SPAN></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node7.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node7.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Organisatie informatie</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Organisatie informatie">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00012200000000000000">
+Organisatie informatie</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+Organisatie</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+De naam van de organisatie (bijv. CareWorks)</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+
+Afdeling</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+De naam van de afdeling (bijv. Administratie)</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+
+Afdeling nr.</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+Het nummer van de afdeling (bijv. 21)</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+
+Personeel nr.</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+Het personeelsnummer van de medewerker</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+
+Functie</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+De functie van de medewerker</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+
+Kamer nr.</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+Het kamernummer van de medewerker</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+
+Telefoon</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+Het telefoonnumer van de medewerker</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+
+GSM</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+Het GSM nummer van de medewerker</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+
+Pieper</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+Het pieper nummer van de medewerker</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+
+Fax</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+Het fax nummer van de medewerker</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+
+Plaats</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+De plaats van het kantoor of afdeling van de medewerker</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+
+Provincie</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+De provincie waar het kantoor of de afdeling van de medewerker zich
+bevindt</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>
+
+Adres</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>
+Het postadres van het kantoor of de afdeling van de medewerker</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node8.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node8.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Unix</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Unix">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00013000000000000000">
+Unix</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+U dient op de knop <SPAN CLASS="textit">POSIX Account toevoegen</SPAN> te drukken om
+een UNIX account te activeren voor de gebruiker<SPAN CLASS="textit">.</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html169"
+ HREF="node9.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html170"
+ HREF="node10.html">Groep lidmaatschap</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html171"
+ HREF="node11.html">Account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html172"
+ HREF="node12.html">System vertrouwen</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node9.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/node9.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Algemeen</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Algemeen">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<H3><A NAME="SECTION00013100000000000000">
+Algemeen</A>
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1">
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Persoonlijke map<SPAN ID="hue481">*</SPAN></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Het pad naar de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Shell</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De Unix shell die gebruikt dient te worden bij het aanmelden van de
+gebruiker. (/bin/false of /bin/true zorgt ervoor dat de gebruiker
+niet in kan loggen op een UNIX systeem).</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Primaire groep</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>De primaire groep van de gebruiker. (Voor de aanmaak van groepen,
+gaat u naar het <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Beheer</SPAN> onderdeel en klikt u op de <SPAN CLASS="textbf"><SPAN ID="hue146">Groepen</SPAN></SPAN>
+knop)</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Status</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Geeft aan of het account actief is of niet</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=142>Forceer UID/GID</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=283>Hiermee kunt u de UID/GID van een gebruiker naar een bepaalde waarde
+forceren. Gebruik deze optie alleen indien u weet wat u doet en verzeker
+uzelf ervan dat de opgegeven waardes niet vergeven zijn!</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/penguin.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/penguin.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a99e611
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/penguin.png differ
index 0000000..a99e611
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/penguin.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/rocket.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/rocket.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/rocket.png differ
index 0000000..838c38b
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/rocket.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/search.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/search.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/search.png differ
index 0000000..593a566
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/search.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/select_netatalk.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/select_netatalk.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e589720
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/select_netatalk.png differ
index 0000000..e589720
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/select_netatalk.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/select_phone.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/select_phone.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b9bc82e
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/select_phone.png differ
index 0000000..b9bc82e
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/select_phone.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/select_user.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/select_user.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..83e5b31
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/select_user.png differ
index 0000000..83e5b31
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/select_user.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/select_winstation.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/select_winstation.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ec747e5
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/select_winstation.png differ
index 0000000..ec747e5
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/select_winstation.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/smallenv.png b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/smallenv.png
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f4ef81c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/smallenv.png differ
index 0000000..f4ef81c
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/smallenv.png differ
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/users.css b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/users.css
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
+DIV.navigation { }
+SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
+SPAN.arabic { }
+SPAN.textbf { font-weight: bold }
+SPAN.textsf { font-style: italic }
+#hue104 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue109 { color: #000000; }
+#hue113 { color: #000000; }
+#hue117 { color: #000000; }
+#hue119 { color: #000000; }
+#hue123 { color: #000000; }
+#hue146 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue204 { color: #000000; }
+#hue219 { color: #000000; }
+#hue230 { color: #000000; }
+#hue232 { color: #000000; }
+#hue236 { color: #000000; }
+#hue238 { color: #000000; }
+#hue242 { color: #000000; }
+#hue244 { color: #000000; }
+#hue248 { color: #000000; }
+#hue25 { color: #0000ff; }
+#hue28 { color: #000000; }
+#hue470 { color: #000000; }
+#hue472 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue473 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue474 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue476 { color: #000000; }
+#hue477 { color: #000000; }
+#hue478 { color: #000000; }
+#hue481 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue490 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue494 { color: #000000; }
+#hue495 { color: #000000; }
+#hue496 { color: #000000; }
+#hue506 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue508 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue509 { color: #ff0000; }
+#hue55 { color: #000000; }
+#hue57 { color: #000000; }
+#hue73 { color: #000000; }
+#hue91 { color: #000000; }
+#hue95 { color: #000000; }
+#hue99 { color: #000000; }
diff --git a/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/users.html b/doc/guide/user/nl/html/users/users.html
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Gebruikers beheer</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Gebruikers beheer">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="users">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="users.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><SPAN CLASS="textbf">Gebruikers beheer</SPAN></H1>
+<DIV CLASS="author_info">
+
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+<BR><HR>
+<!--Table of Child-Links-->
+<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
+
+<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="node1.html">Gebruikerslijst</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="node2.html">Gebruikersaccount aanmaken</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="node3.html">Een bestaand account bewerken</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="node4.html">Algemene informatie</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="node5.html">Algemeen</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="node6.html">Persoonlijke informatie</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="node7.html">Organisatie informatie</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="node8.html">Unix</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="node9.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="node10.html">Groep lidmaatschap</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="node11.html">Account</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html14"
+ HREF="node12.html">System vertrouwen</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="node13.html">Omgeving</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="node14.html">Profielen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="node15.html">Kiosk profiel</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="node16.html">Inlog scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="node17.html">Share verbinden</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="node18.html">Hotplug apparaten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="node19.html">Printer</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="node20.html">E-mail</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="node21.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html24"
+ HREF="node22.html">Alternatieve adressen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html25"
+ HREF="node23.html">E-mail opties</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html26"
+ HREF="node24.html">Geavanceerde E-mail opties</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html27"
+ HREF="node25.html">Samba</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html28"
+ HREF="node26.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html29"
+ HREF="node27.html">Terminal Server</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html30"
+ HREF="node28.html">Toegangsopties</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html31"
+ HREF="node29.html">Verbindingen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html32"
+ HREF="node36.html">Fax</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
+ HREF="node37.html">Algemeen</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
+ HREF="node38.html">Aflever methodes</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
+ HREF="node39.html">Alternatieve Fax nummers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
+ HREF="node40.html">Blokkeerlijsten</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
+ HREF="node41.html">Bewerken:</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html38"
+ HREF="node42.html">Telefoon</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
+ HREF="node43.html">Telefoonnummers</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html40"
+ HREF="node44.html">Telefoon hardware</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html41"
+ HREF="node45.html">Telefoon macro</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html42"
+ HREF="node46.html">Referenties</A>
+</UL>
+<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html43"
+ HREF="node47.html">About this document ...</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
+<BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Cajus Pollmeier
+2006-05-30
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/gen_online_help.sh b/gen_online_help.sh
index beac374a3484b49653e403ff2d65b76e780d19b4..95a971265514fb4e1557298bcffc181e99fe8a2c 100755 (executable)
--- a/gen_online_help.sh
+++ b/gen_online_help.sh
[ ! -d "$lang" ] && continue
pushd . &> /dev/null
- echo -n "Processing language $lang..."
+ echo "Processing language $lang..."
cd $lang/lyx-source
for source in *.lyx; do
done
popd &> /dev/null
-
+echo
exit 0